2005-12-07 H.J. Lu <hongjiu.lu@intel.com>
[binutils.git] / bfd / elf.c
blob644ac6d654ccc0134ed76f2b6251a139ddd03125
1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 SECTION
24 ELF backends
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
35 #define _SYSCALL32
36 #include "bfd.h"
37 #include "sysdep.h"
38 #include "bfdlink.h"
39 #include "libbfd.h"
40 #define ARCH_SIZE 0
41 #include "elf-bfd.h"
42 #include "libiberty.h"
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
46 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
47 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean elfcore_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
56 void
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
61 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
62 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
63 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
64 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
65 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
66 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
67 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
72 void
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
75 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
88 void
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
93 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
94 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
99 void
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
110 void
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
115 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
116 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
117 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
118 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
119 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
124 void
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
127 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
138 void
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
143 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
144 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
145 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
146 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
147 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
152 void
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
166 void
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
168 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
171 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
176 void
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
179 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
187 unsigned long
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
190 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
191 unsigned long h = 0;
192 unsigned long g;
193 int ch;
195 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
197 h = (h << 4) + ch;
198 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
200 h ^= g >> 24;
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
203 h ^= g;
206 return h & 0xffffffff;
209 bfd_boolean
210 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
212 /* This just does initialization. */
213 /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */
214 elf_tdata (abfd) = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
215 if (elf_tdata (abfd) == 0)
216 return FALSE;
217 /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any
218 initialization? */
220 return TRUE;
223 bfd_boolean
224 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
226 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
227 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd);
230 char *
231 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
233 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
234 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
235 file_ptr offset;
236 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
238 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
239 if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
240 return NULL;
242 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
243 if (shstrtab == NULL)
245 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
246 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
247 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
249 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
250 in case the string table is not terminated. */
251 if (shstrtabsize + 1 == 0
252 || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
253 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
254 shstrtab = NULL;
255 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
257 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
258 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
259 shstrtab = NULL;
261 else
262 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
263 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
265 return (char *) shstrtab;
268 char *
269 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
270 unsigned int shindex,
271 unsigned int strindex)
273 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
275 if (strindex == 0)
276 return "";
278 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
280 if (hdr->contents == NULL
281 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
282 return NULL;
284 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
286 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
287 (*_bfd_error_handler)
288 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
289 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
290 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
291 ? ".shstrtab"
292 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
293 return "";
296 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
299 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
300 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
301 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
302 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
303 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
305 Elf_Internal_Sym *
306 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
307 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
308 size_t symcount,
309 size_t symoffset,
310 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
311 void *extsym_buf,
312 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
314 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
315 void *alloc_ext;
316 const bfd_byte *esym;
317 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
318 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
319 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
320 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
321 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
322 size_t extsym_size;
323 bfd_size_type amt;
324 file_ptr pos;
326 if (symcount == 0)
327 return intsym_buf;
329 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
330 shndx_hdr = NULL;
331 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
332 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
334 /* Read the symbols. */
335 alloc_ext = NULL;
336 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
337 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
338 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
339 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
340 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
341 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
343 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
344 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
346 if (extsym_buf == NULL
347 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
348 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
350 intsym_buf = NULL;
351 goto out;
354 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
355 extshndx_buf = NULL;
356 else
358 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
359 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
360 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
362 alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount,
363 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
364 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
366 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
367 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
368 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
370 intsym_buf = NULL;
371 goto out;
375 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
377 intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
378 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
379 goto out;
382 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
383 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
384 for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
385 isym < isymend;
386 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
387 (*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym);
389 out:
390 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
391 free (alloc_ext);
392 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
393 free (alloc_extshndx);
395 return intsym_buf;
398 /* Look up a symbol name. */
399 const char *
400 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
401 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
402 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
403 asection *sym_sec)
405 const char *name;
406 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
407 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
409 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
410 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
411 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)
412 && !(isym->st_shndx >= SHN_LORESERVE && isym->st_shndx <= SHN_HIRESERVE))
414 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
415 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
418 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
419 if (name == NULL)
420 name = "(null)";
421 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
422 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
424 return name;
427 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
428 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
429 pointers. */
431 typedef union elf_internal_group {
432 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
433 unsigned int flags;
434 } Elf_Internal_Group;
436 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
437 signature just a string? */
439 static const char *
440 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
442 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
443 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
444 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
445 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
447 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
448 that it is a symbol table section. */
449 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
450 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
451 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
452 return NULL;
454 /* Go read the symbol. */
455 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
456 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
457 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
458 return NULL;
460 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
463 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
465 static bfd_boolean
466 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
468 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
470 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
471 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
472 if (num_group == 0)
474 unsigned int i, shnum;
476 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
477 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
478 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
479 num_group = 0;
480 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
482 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
483 if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
484 num_group += 1;
487 if (num_group == 0)
489 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
490 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
492 else
494 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
495 so we can find them quickly. */
496 bfd_size_type amt;
498 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
499 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr
500 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
501 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
502 return FALSE;
504 num_group = 0;
505 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
508 if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
510 unsigned char *src;
511 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
513 /* Add to list of sections. */
514 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
515 num_group += 1;
517 /* Read the raw contents. */
518 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
519 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
520 shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size,
521 sizeof (*dest) / 4);
522 if (shdr->contents == NULL
523 || bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
524 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
525 != shdr->sh_size))
526 return FALSE;
528 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
529 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
530 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
531 pointers. */
532 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
533 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
534 while (1)
536 unsigned int idx;
538 src -= 4;
539 --dest;
540 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
541 if (src == shdr->contents)
543 dest->flags = idx;
544 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
545 shdr->bfd_section->flags
546 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
547 break;
549 if (idx >= shnum)
551 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
552 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
553 idx = 0;
555 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
562 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
564 unsigned int i;
566 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
568 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
569 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
570 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
572 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
573 section is a member. */
574 while (--n_elt != 0)
575 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
577 asection *s = NULL;
579 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
580 other members to see if any others are linked via
581 next_in_group. */
582 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
583 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
584 while (--n_elt != 0)
585 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
586 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
587 break;
588 if (n_elt != 0)
590 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
591 insert current section in circular list. */
592 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
593 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
594 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
596 else
598 const char *gname;
600 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
601 if (gname == NULL)
602 return FALSE;
603 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
605 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
606 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
609 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
610 new member. */
611 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
612 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
614 i = num_group - 1;
615 break;
620 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
622 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
623 abfd, newsect);
625 return TRUE;
628 bfd_boolean
629 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
631 unsigned int i;
632 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
633 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
634 asection *s;
636 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
637 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
639 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
640 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
642 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
643 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
644 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
645 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
646 if (elfsec == 0)
648 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
649 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
650 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
651 bed->link_order_error_handler
652 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
653 abfd, s);
655 else
657 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
658 elf_linked_to_section (s) = this_hdr->bfd_section;
663 /* Process section groups. */
664 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
665 return result;
667 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
669 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
670 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
671 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
673 while (--n_elt != 0)
674 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
675 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
676 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
677 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
678 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
679 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
680 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
681 relocation sections are in section group in input object
682 files. */
683 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
684 else
686 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
687 (*_bfd_error_handler)
688 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
689 abfd,
690 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
691 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
692 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
693 ->e_shstrndx),
694 idx->shdr->sh_name),
695 shdr->bfd_section->name);
696 result = FALSE;
699 return result;
702 bfd_boolean
703 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
705 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
708 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
709 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
711 bfd_boolean
712 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
713 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
714 const char *name,
715 int shindex)
717 asection *newsect;
718 flagword flags;
719 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
721 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
723 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
724 bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
725 return TRUE;
728 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
729 if (newsect == NULL)
730 return FALSE;
732 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
733 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
734 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
736 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
737 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
738 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
740 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
742 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
743 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
744 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
745 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign)))
746 return FALSE;
748 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
749 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
750 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
751 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
752 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
753 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
755 flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
756 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
757 flags |= SEC_LOAD;
759 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
760 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
761 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
762 flags |= SEC_CODE;
763 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
764 flags |= SEC_DATA;
765 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
767 flags |= SEC_MERGE;
768 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
769 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
770 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
772 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
773 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
774 return FALSE;
775 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
776 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
778 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
780 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
781 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
782 static const struct
784 const char *name;
785 int len;
786 } debug_sections [] =
788 { "debug", 5 }, /* 'd' */
789 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
790 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
791 { "gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17 }, /* 'g' */
792 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
793 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
794 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
795 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
796 { "line", 4 }, /* 'l' */
797 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
798 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
799 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
800 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
801 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
802 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
803 { "stab", 4 } /* 's' */
806 if (name [0] == '.')
808 int i = name [1] - 'd';
809 if (i >= 0
810 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
811 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
812 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
813 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
814 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
818 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
819 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
820 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
821 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
822 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
823 all but one of the sections. */
824 if (strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
825 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
826 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
828 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
829 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
830 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
831 return FALSE;
833 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
834 return FALSE;
836 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
838 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
839 unsigned int i;
841 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
842 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
843 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
844 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
845 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
847 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
848 break;
850 if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
852 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
853 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
855 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
856 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
857 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
858 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
860 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
861 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
862 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
863 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
864 place special significance on the address 0 and
865 executables need to be able to have a segment which
866 covers this address. */
867 if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
868 && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
869 && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
870 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
871 && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
872 || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
873 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
875 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
876 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
877 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
878 else
879 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
880 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
881 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
882 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
883 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
884 segment will contain sections with contiguous
885 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
886 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
887 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
889 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
890 offsets whether a section with zero size should
891 be placed at the end of one segment or the
892 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
893 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
894 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
895 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
896 break;
902 return TRUE;
906 INTERNAL_FUNCTION
907 bfd_elf_find_section
909 SYNOPSIS
910 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
912 DESCRIPTION
913 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
914 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
915 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
916 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
917 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
920 struct elf_internal_shdr *
921 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name)
923 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
924 char *shstrtab;
925 unsigned int max;
926 unsigned int i;
928 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
929 if (i_shdrp != NULL)
931 shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
932 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
933 if (shstrtab != NULL)
935 max = elf_numsections (abfd);
936 for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
937 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
938 return i_shdrp[i];
941 return 0;
944 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
945 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
946 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
947 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
950 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
951 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
952 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
953 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
954 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
955 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
956 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
957 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
958 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
960 bfd_reloc_status_type
961 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
962 arelent *reloc_entry,
963 asymbol *symbol,
964 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
965 asection *input_section,
966 bfd *output_bfd,
967 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
969 if (output_bfd != NULL
970 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
971 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
972 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
974 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
975 return bfd_reloc_ok;
978 return bfd_reloc_continue;
981 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
983 static void
984 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
985 asection *sec)
987 BFD_ASSERT (sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE);
988 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE;
991 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
993 bfd_boolean
994 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
996 bfd *ibfd;
997 asection *sec;
999 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1000 return FALSE;
1002 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
1003 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0)
1004 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
1005 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
1006 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
1008 struct bfd_elf_section_data *secdata;
1010 secdata = elf_section_data (sec);
1011 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd,
1012 &elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
1013 sec, &secdata->sec_info))
1014 return FALSE;
1015 else if (secdata->sec_info)
1016 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE;
1019 if (elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info != NULL)
1020 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd, info, elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
1021 merge_sections_remove_hook);
1022 return TRUE;
1025 void
1026 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection *sec, struct bfd_link_info *info)
1028 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1029 sec->output_offset = sec->vma;
1030 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1031 return;
1033 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS;
1036 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1037 another. */
1039 bfd_boolean
1040 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1042 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1043 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1044 return TRUE;
1046 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1047 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1048 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1050 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1051 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1052 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1053 return TRUE;
1056 /* Print out the program headers. */
1058 bfd_boolean
1059 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1061 FILE *f = farg;
1062 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1063 asection *s;
1064 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1066 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1067 if (p != NULL)
1069 unsigned int i, c;
1071 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1072 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1073 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1075 const char *pt;
1076 char buf[20];
1078 switch (p->p_type)
1080 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1081 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1082 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1083 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1084 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1085 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1086 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1087 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1088 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1089 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1090 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1091 default: sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); pt = buf; break;
1093 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1094 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1095 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1096 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1097 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1098 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1099 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1100 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1101 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1102 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1103 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1104 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1105 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1106 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1107 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1108 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1109 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1110 fprintf (f, "\n");
1114 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1115 if (s != NULL)
1117 int elfsec;
1118 unsigned long shlink;
1119 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1120 size_t extdynsize;
1121 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1123 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1125 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1126 goto error_return;
1128 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1129 if (elfsec == -1)
1130 goto error_return;
1131 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1133 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1134 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1136 extdyn = dynbuf;
1137 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1138 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1140 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1141 const char *name;
1142 char ab[20];
1143 bfd_boolean stringp;
1145 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1147 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1148 break;
1150 stringp = FALSE;
1151 switch (dyn.d_tag)
1153 default:
1154 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1155 name = ab;
1156 break;
1158 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1159 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1160 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1161 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1162 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1163 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1164 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1165 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1166 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1167 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1168 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1169 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1170 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1171 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1172 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1173 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1174 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1175 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1176 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1177 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1178 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1179 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1180 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1181 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1182 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1183 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1184 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1185 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1186 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1187 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1188 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1189 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1190 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1191 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1192 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1193 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1194 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1195 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1196 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1197 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1198 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1199 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1200 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1201 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1202 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1203 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1204 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1205 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1206 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1207 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1208 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1209 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1210 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1211 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1212 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1213 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1214 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1217 fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name);
1218 if (! stringp)
1219 fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
1220 else
1222 const char *string;
1223 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1225 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1226 if (string == NULL)
1227 goto error_return;
1228 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1230 fprintf (f, "\n");
1233 free (dynbuf);
1234 dynbuf = NULL;
1237 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1238 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1240 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1241 return FALSE;
1244 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1246 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1248 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1249 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1251 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1252 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1253 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1254 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1256 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1258 fprintf (f, "\t");
1259 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1260 a != NULL;
1261 a = a->vda_nextptr)
1262 fprintf (f, "%s ",
1263 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1264 fprintf (f, "\n");
1269 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1271 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1273 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1274 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1276 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1278 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1279 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1280 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1281 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1282 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1283 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1287 return TRUE;
1289 error_return:
1290 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1291 free (dynbuf);
1292 return FALSE;
1295 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1297 void
1298 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1299 void *filep,
1300 asymbol *symbol,
1301 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1303 FILE *file = filep;
1304 switch (how)
1306 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1307 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1308 break;
1309 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1310 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1311 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1312 fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
1313 break;
1314 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1316 const char *section_name;
1317 const char *name = NULL;
1318 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1319 unsigned char st_other;
1320 bfd_vma val;
1322 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1324 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1325 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1326 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1328 if (name == NULL)
1330 name = symbol->name;
1331 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1334 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1335 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1336 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1337 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1338 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1339 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1340 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1341 else
1342 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1343 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1345 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1346 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1347 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1348 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1350 unsigned int vernum;
1351 const char *version_string;
1353 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1355 if (vernum == 0)
1356 version_string = "";
1357 else if (vernum == 1)
1358 version_string = "Base";
1359 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1360 version_string =
1361 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1362 else
1364 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1366 version_string = "";
1367 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1368 t != NULL;
1369 t = t->vn_nextref)
1371 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1373 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1375 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1377 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1378 break;
1384 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1385 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1386 else
1388 int i;
1390 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1391 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1392 putc (' ', file);
1396 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1397 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1399 switch (st_other)
1401 case 0: break;
1402 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1403 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1404 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1405 default:
1406 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1407 everything hex. */
1408 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1411 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1413 break;
1417 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1419 struct bfd_hash_entry *
1420 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1421 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1422 const char *string)
1424 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1425 subclass. */
1426 if (entry == NULL)
1428 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry));
1429 if (entry == NULL)
1430 return entry;
1433 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1434 entry = _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1435 if (entry != NULL)
1437 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1438 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) table;
1440 /* Set local fields. */
1441 ret->indx = -1;
1442 ret->dynindx = -1;
1443 ret->got = htab->init_got_refcount;
1444 ret->plt = htab->init_plt_refcount;
1445 memset (&ret->size, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)
1446 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry, size)));
1447 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1448 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1449 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1450 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1451 ret->non_elf = 1;
1454 return entry;
1457 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1458 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1460 void
1461 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1462 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
1463 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
1465 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1467 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1468 symbol which just became indirect. */
1470 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
1471 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
1472 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
1473 dir->non_got_ref |= ind->non_got_ref;
1474 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
1475 dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed;
1477 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1478 return;
1480 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1481 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1482 htab = elf_hash_table (info);
1483 if (ind->got.refcount > htab->init_got_refcount.refcount)
1485 if (dir->got.refcount < 0)
1486 dir->got.refcount = 0;
1487 dir->got.refcount += ind->got.refcount;
1488 ind->got.refcount = htab->init_got_refcount.refcount;
1491 if (ind->plt.refcount > htab->init_plt_refcount.refcount)
1493 if (dir->plt.refcount < 0)
1494 dir->plt.refcount = 0;
1495 dir->plt.refcount += ind->plt.refcount;
1496 ind->plt.refcount = htab->init_plt_refcount.refcount;
1499 if (ind->dynindx != -1)
1501 if (dir->dynindx != -1)
1502 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab->dynstr, dir->dynstr_index);
1503 dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx;
1504 dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index;
1505 ind->dynindx = -1;
1506 ind->dynstr_index = 0;
1510 void
1511 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1512 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1513 bfd_boolean force_local)
1515 h->plt = elf_hash_table (info)->init_plt_offset;
1516 h->needs_plt = 0;
1517 if (force_local)
1519 h->forced_local = 1;
1520 if (h->dynindx != -1)
1522 h->dynindx = -1;
1523 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
1524 h->dynstr_index);
1529 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1531 bfd_boolean
1532 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1533 (struct elf_link_hash_table *table,
1534 bfd *abfd,
1535 struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
1536 struct bfd_hash_table *,
1537 const char *))
1539 bfd_boolean ret;
1540 int can_refcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->can_refcount;
1542 table->dynamic_sections_created = FALSE;
1543 table->dynobj = NULL;
1544 table->init_got_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1;
1545 table->init_plt_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1;
1546 table->init_got_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
1547 table->init_plt_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
1548 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1549 table->dynsymcount = 1;
1550 table->dynstr = NULL;
1551 table->bucketcount = 0;
1552 table->needed = NULL;
1553 table->hgot = NULL;
1554 table->merge_info = NULL;
1555 memset (&table->stab_info, 0, sizeof (table->stab_info));
1556 memset (&table->eh_info, 0, sizeof (table->eh_info));
1557 table->dynlocal = NULL;
1558 table->runpath = NULL;
1559 table->tls_sec = NULL;
1560 table->tls_size = 0;
1561 table->loaded = NULL;
1562 table->is_relocatable_executable = FALSE;
1564 ret = _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc);
1565 table->root.type = bfd_link_elf_hash_table;
1567 return ret;
1570 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1572 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
1573 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
1575 struct elf_link_hash_table *ret;
1576 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table);
1578 ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
1579 if (ret == NULL)
1580 return NULL;
1582 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
1584 free (ret);
1585 return NULL;
1588 return &ret->root;
1591 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1592 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1593 entry for a dynamic object. */
1595 void
1596 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
1598 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1599 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1600 elf_dt_name (abfd) = name;
1604 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd)
1606 int lib_class;
1607 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1608 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1609 lib_class = elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd);
1610 else
1611 lib_class = 0;
1612 return lib_class;
1615 void
1616 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd, int lib_class)
1618 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1619 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1620 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) = lib_class;
1623 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1624 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1626 struct bfd_link_needed_list *
1627 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1628 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1630 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1631 return NULL;
1632 return elf_hash_table (info)->needed;
1635 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1636 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1638 struct bfd_link_needed_list *
1639 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1640 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1642 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1643 return NULL;
1644 return elf_hash_table (info)->runpath;
1647 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1648 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1649 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1651 const char *
1652 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd *abfd)
1654 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1655 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1656 return elf_dt_name (abfd);
1657 return NULL;
1660 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1661 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1663 bfd_boolean
1664 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd *abfd,
1665 struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded)
1667 asection *s;
1668 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1669 int elfsec;
1670 unsigned long shlink;
1671 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1672 size_t extdynsize;
1673 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1675 *pneeded = NULL;
1677 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1678 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object)
1679 return TRUE;
1681 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1682 if (s == NULL || s->size == 0)
1683 return TRUE;
1685 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1686 goto error_return;
1688 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1689 if (elfsec == -1)
1690 goto error_return;
1692 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1694 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1695 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1697 extdyn = dynbuf;
1698 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1699 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1701 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1703 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1705 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1706 break;
1708 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED)
1710 const char *string;
1711 struct bfd_link_needed_list *l;
1712 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1713 bfd_size_type amt;
1715 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1716 if (string == NULL)
1717 goto error_return;
1719 amt = sizeof *l;
1720 l = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1721 if (l == NULL)
1722 goto error_return;
1724 l->by = abfd;
1725 l->name = string;
1726 l->next = *pneeded;
1727 *pneeded = l;
1731 free (dynbuf);
1733 return TRUE;
1735 error_return:
1736 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1737 free (dynbuf);
1738 return FALSE;
1741 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1743 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1744 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1746 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1748 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1749 if (ret != NULL)
1751 bfd_size_type loc;
1753 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1754 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1755 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1757 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1758 ret = NULL;
1761 return ret;
1764 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1766 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1768 bfd_boolean
1769 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1771 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1772 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1773 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1774 const char *name;
1776 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
1777 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx,
1778 hdr->sh_name);
1779 if (name == NULL)
1780 return FALSE;
1782 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1784 case SHT_NULL:
1785 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1786 return TRUE;
1788 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1789 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1790 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1791 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1792 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1793 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1794 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1795 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1796 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1798 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1799 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1800 return FALSE;
1801 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)
1802 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1803 return FALSE;
1804 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1806 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1808 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1809 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1810 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1811 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1813 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1814 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1816 else
1818 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1820 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1821 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1823 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1824 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1826 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1827 break;
1832 break;
1834 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1835 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1836 return TRUE;
1838 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1839 return FALSE;
1840 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1841 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1842 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1843 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1844 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1846 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1847 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1848 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1849 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1850 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1851 linker. */
1852 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1853 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1854 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1855 shindex))
1856 return FALSE;
1858 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1859 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1860 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1861 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1863 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1865 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1866 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1868 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1869 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1870 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1871 break;
1873 if (i == num_sec)
1874 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1876 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1877 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1878 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1879 break;
1881 if (i != shindex)
1882 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1884 return TRUE;
1886 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1887 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1888 return TRUE;
1890 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1891 return FALSE;
1892 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1893 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1894 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1895 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1896 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1898 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1899 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1900 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1902 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1903 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1904 return TRUE;
1906 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1907 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1908 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1909 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1910 return TRUE;
1912 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1913 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1914 return TRUE;
1915 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1917 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1918 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1919 return TRUE;
1921 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1923 symtab_strtab:
1924 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1925 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1926 return TRUE;
1928 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1930 dynsymtab_strtab:
1931 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1932 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1933 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1934 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1935 can handle it. */
1936 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1937 shindex);
1940 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1941 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1942 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1943 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1945 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1947 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1948 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1950 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1951 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1953 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1954 if (i == shindex)
1955 return FALSE;
1956 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1957 return FALSE;
1958 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1959 goto symtab_strtab;
1960 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1961 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1965 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1967 case SHT_REL:
1968 case SHT_RELA:
1969 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1971 asection *target_sect;
1972 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
1973 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1975 if (hdr->sh_entsize
1976 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1977 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1978 return FALSE;
1980 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1981 if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
1982 || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1984 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1985 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1986 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1987 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1988 shindex);
1991 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1992 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1993 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1994 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1995 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1996 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1997 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
1998 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1999 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
2001 unsigned int scan;
2002 int found;
2004 found = 0;
2005 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
2007 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2008 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2010 if (found != 0)
2012 found = 0;
2013 break;
2015 found = scan;
2018 if (found != 0)
2019 hdr->sh_link = found;
2022 /* Get the symbol table. */
2023 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2024 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2025 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
2026 return FALSE;
2028 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2029 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2030 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2031 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2032 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2033 section. */
2034 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF)
2035 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2036 shindex);
2038 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2039 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
2040 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2041 return FALSE;
2042 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
2043 return FALSE;
2044 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
2045 if (target_sect == NULL)
2046 return FALSE;
2048 if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
2049 || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
2050 hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
2051 else
2053 bfd_size_type amt;
2054 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
2055 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
2056 hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2057 elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
2059 *hdr2 = *hdr;
2060 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
2061 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
2062 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
2063 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
2064 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
2065 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2066 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2067 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2068 target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
2069 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
2070 return TRUE;
2072 break;
2074 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2075 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
2076 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
2077 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2078 break;
2080 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2081 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
2082 return FALSE;
2083 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
2084 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
2085 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2086 break;
2088 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2089 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
2090 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
2091 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2092 break;
2094 case SHT_SHLIB:
2095 return TRUE;
2097 case SHT_GROUP:
2098 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2099 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2100 name. */
2101 if (hdr->sh_entsize != GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)
2102 return FALSE;
2103 name = group_signature (abfd, hdr);
2104 if (name == NULL)
2105 return FALSE;
2106 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2107 return FALSE;
2108 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
2110 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
2111 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / 4;
2112 asection *s;
2114 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
2115 hdr->bfd_section->flags
2116 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
2118 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2119 idx += n_elt;
2120 while (--n_elt != 0)
2121 if ((s = (--idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
2122 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
2124 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
2125 break;
2128 break;
2130 default:
2131 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2132 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2133 shindex);
2136 return TRUE;
2139 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2140 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2142 asection *
2143 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd,
2144 struct sym_sec_cache *cache,
2145 asection *sec,
2146 unsigned long r_symndx)
2148 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2149 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2150 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2151 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
2152 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2154 if (cache->abfd == abfd && cache->indx[ent] == r_symndx)
2155 return cache->sec[ent];
2157 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2158 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2159 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2160 return NULL;
2162 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2164 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2165 cache->abfd = abfd;
2167 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2168 cache->sec[ent] = sec;
2169 if ((isym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && isym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE)
2170 || isym.st_shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE)
2172 asection *s;
2173 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym.st_shndx);
2174 if (s != NULL)
2175 cache->sec[ent] = s;
2177 return cache->sec[ent];
2180 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2181 section. */
2183 asection *
2184 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index)
2186 if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2187 return NULL;
2188 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
2191 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2193 { ".bss", 4, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2194 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2197 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2199 { ".comment", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2200 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2203 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2205 { ".data", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2206 { ".data1", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2207 { ".debug", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2208 { ".debug_line", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2209 { ".debug_info", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2210 { ".debug_abbrev", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2211 { ".debug_aranges", 14, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2212 { ".dynamic", 8, 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2213 { ".dynstr", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2214 { ".dynsym", 7, 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2215 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2218 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2220 { ".fini", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2221 { ".fini_array", 11, 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2222 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2225 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2227 { ".gnu.linkonce.b",15, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2228 { ".got", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2229 { ".gnu.version", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2230 { ".gnu.version_d", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2231 { ".gnu.version_r", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2232 { ".gnu.liblist", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2233 { ".gnu.conflict", 13, 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2234 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2237 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2239 { ".hash", 5, 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2240 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2243 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2245 { ".init", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2246 { ".init_array", 11, 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2247 { ".interp", 7, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2248 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2251 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2253 { ".line", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2254 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2257 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2259 { ".note.GNU-stack",15, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2260 { ".note", 5, -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2261 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2264 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2266 { ".preinit_array", 14, 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2267 { ".plt", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2268 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2271 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2273 { ".rodata", 7, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2274 { ".rodata1", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2275 { ".rela", 5, -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2276 { ".rel", 4, -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2277 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2280 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2282 { ".shstrtab", 9, 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2283 { ".strtab", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2284 { ".symtab", 7, 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2285 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2286 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2289 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2291 { ".text", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2292 { ".tbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2293 { ".tdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2294 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2297 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] =
2299 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2300 special_sections_c, /* 'b' */
2301 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2302 NULL, /* 'e' */
2303 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2304 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2305 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2306 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2307 NULL, /* 'j' */
2308 NULL, /* 'k' */
2309 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2310 NULL, /* 'm' */
2311 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2312 NULL, /* 'o' */
2313 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2314 NULL, /* 'q' */
2315 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2316 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2317 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2320 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2321 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2322 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2323 unsigned int rela)
2325 int i;
2326 int len;
2328 len = strlen (name);
2330 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2332 int suffix_len;
2333 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2335 if (len < prefix_len)
2336 continue;
2337 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2338 continue;
2340 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2341 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2343 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2345 if (suffix_len == 0)
2346 continue;
2347 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2348 && (suffix_len == -2
2349 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2350 continue;
2353 else
2355 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2356 continue;
2357 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2358 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2359 suffix_len) != 0)
2360 continue;
2362 return &spec[i];
2365 return NULL;
2368 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2369 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2371 int i;
2372 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2373 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2375 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2376 if (sec->name == NULL)
2377 return NULL;
2379 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2380 spec = bed->special_sections;
2381 if (spec)
2383 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2384 bed->special_sections,
2385 sec->use_rela_p);
2386 if (spec != NULL)
2387 return spec;
2390 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2391 return NULL;
2393 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2394 if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b')
2395 return NULL;
2397 spec = special_sections[i];
2399 if (spec == NULL)
2400 return NULL;
2402 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2405 bfd_boolean
2406 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2408 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2409 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2410 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2412 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2413 if (sdata == NULL)
2415 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
2416 if (sdata == NULL)
2417 return FALSE;
2418 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2421 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2422 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2423 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2425 /* When we read a file, we don't need section type and flags unless
2426 it is a linker created section. They will be overridden in
2427 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr anyway. */
2428 if (abfd->direction != read_direction
2429 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2431 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2432 if (ssect != NULL)
2434 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2435 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2439 return TRUE;
2442 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2444 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2445 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2446 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2447 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2449 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2450 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2451 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2452 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2453 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2454 of combined data+bss.
2456 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2457 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2458 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2459 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2460 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2464 bfd_boolean
2465 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2466 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2467 int index,
2468 const char *typename)
2470 asection *newsect;
2471 char *name;
2472 char namebuf[64];
2473 size_t len;
2474 int split;
2476 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2477 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2478 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2479 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
2480 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2481 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2482 if (!name)
2483 return FALSE;
2484 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2485 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2486 if (newsect == NULL)
2487 return FALSE;
2488 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2489 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2490 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2491 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2492 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2493 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2494 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2496 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2497 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2498 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2500 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2501 may be data. */
2502 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2505 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2507 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2510 if (split)
2512 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index);
2513 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2514 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2515 if (!name)
2516 return FALSE;
2517 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2518 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2519 if (newsect == NULL)
2520 return FALSE;
2521 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2522 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2523 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2524 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2526 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2527 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2528 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2530 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2531 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2534 return TRUE;
2537 bfd_boolean
2538 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index)
2540 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2542 switch (hdr->p_type)
2544 case PT_NULL:
2545 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
2547 case PT_LOAD:
2548 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
2550 case PT_DYNAMIC:
2551 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
2553 case PT_INTERP:
2554 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
2556 case PT_NOTE:
2557 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
2558 return FALSE;
2559 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2560 return FALSE;
2561 return TRUE;
2563 case PT_SHLIB:
2564 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
2566 case PT_PHDR:
2567 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
2569 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2570 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
2571 "eh_frame_hdr");
2573 case PT_GNU_STACK:
2574 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack");
2576 case PT_GNU_RELRO:
2577 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro");
2579 default:
2580 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2581 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2582 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc");
2586 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2587 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2588 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2590 bfd_boolean
2591 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2592 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
2593 asection *asect,
2594 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2596 char *name;
2597 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2598 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2600 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2601 if (name == NULL)
2602 return FALSE;
2603 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2604 rel_hdr->sh_name =
2605 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2606 FALSE);
2607 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2608 return FALSE;
2609 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2610 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2611 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2612 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2613 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2614 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2615 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2616 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2617 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2619 return TRUE;
2622 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2624 static void
2625 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg)
2627 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2628 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2629 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2631 if (*failedptr)
2633 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2634 loop. */
2635 return;
2638 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
2640 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2641 asect->name, FALSE);
2642 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2644 *failedptr = TRUE;
2645 return;
2648 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2650 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2651 || asect->user_set_vma)
2652 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2653 else
2654 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2656 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2657 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2658 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2659 this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2660 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2661 copy_private_section_data. */
2663 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2664 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2666 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2667 asect->flags. */
2668 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2670 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2671 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2672 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2673 && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2674 || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
2675 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2676 else
2677 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
2680 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2682 default:
2683 break;
2685 case SHT_STRTAB:
2686 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2687 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2688 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2689 case SHT_NOTE:
2690 case SHT_NOBITS:
2691 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2692 break;
2694 case SHT_HASH:
2695 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2696 break;
2698 case SHT_DYNSYM:
2699 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2700 break;
2702 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
2703 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2704 break;
2706 case SHT_RELA:
2707 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2708 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2709 break;
2711 case SHT_REL:
2712 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2713 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2714 break;
2716 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2717 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2718 break;
2720 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2721 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2722 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2723 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2724 zero. */
2725 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2726 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2727 else
2728 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2729 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2730 break;
2732 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2733 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2734 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2735 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2736 zero. */
2737 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2738 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2739 else
2740 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2741 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2742 break;
2744 case SHT_GROUP:
2745 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 4;
2746 break;
2749 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2750 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2751 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2752 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2753 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2754 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2755 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2757 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2758 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2759 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2760 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2762 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2763 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2764 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2766 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2767 if (asect->size == 0
2768 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2770 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2772 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2773 if (o != NULL)
2775 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2776 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2777 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2782 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2783 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2784 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2785 *failedptr = TRUE;
2787 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2788 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2789 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2790 create the other. */
2791 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
2792 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2793 &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
2794 asect,
2795 asect->use_rela_p))
2796 *failedptr = TRUE;
2799 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2801 void
2802 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2804 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2805 unsigned long symindx;
2806 asection *elt, *first;
2807 unsigned char *loc;
2808 bfd_boolean gas;
2810 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2811 elfxx-ia64.c. */
2812 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2813 || *failedptr)
2814 return;
2816 symindx = 0;
2817 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2818 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2820 if (symindx == 0)
2822 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2823 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2824 if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
2825 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2826 else
2827 symindx = sec->target_index;
2829 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2831 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2832 gas = TRUE;
2833 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2835 gas = FALSE;
2836 sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2838 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2839 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2840 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2842 *failedptr = TRUE;
2843 return;
2847 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2849 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2850 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2851 start of the input section group. */
2852 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2854 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2855 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2856 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2857 directives, not that it matters. */
2858 while (elt != NULL)
2860 asection *s;
2861 unsigned int idx;
2863 loc -= 4;
2864 s = elt;
2865 if (!gas)
2866 s = s->output_section;
2867 idx = 0;
2868 if (s != NULL)
2869 idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2870 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2871 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2872 if (elt == first)
2873 break;
2876 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2877 abort ();
2879 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2882 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2883 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2884 in here too, while we're at it. */
2886 static bfd_boolean
2887 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2889 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2890 asection *sec;
2891 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2892 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2893 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2895 section_number = 1;
2897 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2899 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2900 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2902 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2903 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2905 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2907 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2909 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2911 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2912 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2913 abfd->section_count--;
2915 else
2917 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2918 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2919 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2925 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2927 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2929 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2931 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2932 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2933 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2935 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2936 if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
2937 d->rel_idx = 0;
2938 else
2940 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2941 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2942 d->rel_idx = section_number++;
2943 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
2946 if (d->rel_hdr2)
2948 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2949 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2950 d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
2951 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
2953 else
2954 d->rel_idx2 = 0;
2957 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2958 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2959 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
2960 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2961 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
2963 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2965 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2966 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2967 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
2968 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
2969 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
2971 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2972 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2973 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
2974 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
2975 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2976 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
2977 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2978 return FALSE;
2980 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2981 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2982 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
2983 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
2986 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2987 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2989 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
2990 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
2991 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE)
2992 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2994 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
2995 indices. */
2996 i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
2997 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
2998 return FALSE;
3000 i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3001 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3003 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3004 return FALSE;
3007 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3009 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3010 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3012 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3013 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > SHN_LORESERVE)
3015 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3016 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3018 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3019 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
3022 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3024 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
3025 asection *s;
3026 const char *name;
3028 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3029 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
3030 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
3031 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
3032 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
3034 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3036 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3037 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3038 the relocation entries apply. */
3039 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
3041 d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3042 d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
3044 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
3046 d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3047 d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3050 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3051 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3053 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3054 if (s)
3056 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3057 if (link_info != NULL)
3059 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3060 if (elf_discarded_section (s))
3062 asection *kept;
3063 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3064 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3065 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3066 s, s->owner);
3067 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3068 size as the discarded one. */
3069 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s);
3070 if (kept == NULL)
3072 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3073 return FALSE;
3075 s = kept;
3078 if (link_info != NULL)
3080 /* Handle linker. */
3081 s = s->output_section;
3082 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3084 else
3086 /* Handle objcopy. */
3087 if (s->output_section == NULL)
3089 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3090 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3091 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
3092 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3093 return FALSE;
3095 s = s->output_section;
3097 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3099 else
3101 /* PR 290:
3102 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3103 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3104 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3105 where s is NULL. */
3106 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3107 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3108 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3109 bed->link_order_error_handler
3110 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3111 abfd, sec);
3115 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3117 case SHT_REL:
3118 case SHT_RELA:
3119 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3120 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3121 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3122 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3123 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3124 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3125 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3126 if (s != NULL)
3127 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3129 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3130 name = sec->name;
3131 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
3132 name += 4;
3133 else
3134 name += 5;
3135 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3136 if (s != NULL)
3137 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3138 break;
3140 case SHT_STRTAB:
3141 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3142 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3143 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3144 field to point to this section. */
3145 if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0
3146 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3148 size_t len;
3149 char *alc;
3151 len = strlen (sec->name);
3152 alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3153 if (alc == NULL)
3154 return FALSE;
3155 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3156 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3157 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3158 free (alc);
3159 if (s != NULL)
3161 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3163 /* This is a .stab section. */
3164 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3165 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3166 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3169 break;
3171 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
3172 case SHT_DYNSYM:
3173 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3174 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3175 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3176 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3177 version strings. */
3178 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3179 if (s != NULL)
3180 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3181 break;
3183 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3184 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3185 list
3186 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3187 version strings. */
3188 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3189 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3190 if (s != NULL)
3191 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3192 break;
3194 case SHT_HASH:
3195 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3196 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3197 this hash table or version table is for. */
3198 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3199 if (s != NULL)
3200 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3201 break;
3203 case SHT_GROUP:
3204 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3208 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3209 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3210 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3211 else
3212 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3213 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3214 return TRUE;
3217 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3218 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3220 static int
3221 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3223 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3224 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3225 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3226 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3228 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
3229 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3230 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3233 static bfd_boolean
3234 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3236 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3237 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3238 asymbol **sect_syms;
3239 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3240 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3241 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3242 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3243 int max_index = 0;
3244 unsigned int idx;
3245 asection *asect;
3246 asymbol **new_syms;
3248 #ifdef DEBUG
3249 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3250 fflush (stderr);
3251 #endif
3253 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3255 if (max_index < asect->index)
3256 max_index = asect->index;
3259 max_index++;
3260 sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3261 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3262 return FALSE;
3263 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3264 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3266 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3267 decided to output. */
3268 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3270 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3272 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3273 && sym->value == 0)
3275 asection *sec;
3277 sec = sym->section;
3279 if (sec->owner != NULL)
3281 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3283 if (sec->output_offset != 0)
3284 continue;
3286 sec = sec->output_section;
3288 /* Empty sections in the input files may have had a
3289 section symbol created for them. (See the comment
3290 near the end of _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols in
3291 linker.c). If the linker script discards such
3292 sections then we will reach this point. Since we know
3293 that we cannot avoid this case, we detect it and skip
3294 the abort and the assignment to the sect_syms array.
3295 To reproduce this particular case try running the
3296 linker testsuite test ld-scripts/weak.exp for an ELF
3297 port that uses the generic linker. */
3298 if (sec->owner == NULL)
3299 continue;
3301 BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd);
3303 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3308 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3309 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3311 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3312 num_locals++;
3313 else
3314 num_globals++;
3317 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each BFD section. Most normal
3318 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3319 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3320 at least in that case. */
3321 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3323 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3325 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3326 num_locals++;
3327 else
3328 num_globals++;
3332 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3333 new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *));
3335 if (new_syms == NULL)
3336 return FALSE;
3338 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3340 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3341 unsigned int i;
3343 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3344 i = num_locals2++;
3345 else
3346 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3347 new_syms[i] = sym;
3348 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3350 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3352 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3354 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3355 unsigned int i;
3357 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3358 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3359 i = num_locals2++;
3360 else
3361 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3362 new_syms[i] = sym;
3363 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3367 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3369 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3370 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3371 return TRUE;
3374 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3375 ELF data structure. */
3377 static inline file_ptr
3378 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3380 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3383 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3384 required section alignment. */
3386 file_ptr
3387 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3388 file_ptr offset,
3389 bfd_boolean align)
3391 if (align)
3393 unsigned int al;
3395 al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
3396 if (al > 1)
3397 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
3399 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3400 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3401 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3402 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3403 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3404 return offset;
3407 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3408 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3409 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3411 bfd_boolean
3412 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3413 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3415 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3416 bfd_boolean failed;
3417 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3418 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3420 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3421 return TRUE;
3423 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3424 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3425 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3427 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3428 return FALSE;
3430 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3431 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3432 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3434 failed = FALSE;
3435 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
3436 if (failed)
3437 return FALSE;
3439 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3440 return FALSE;
3442 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3443 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3445 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3446 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3448 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3449 return FALSE;
3452 if (link_info == NULL)
3454 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3455 if (failed)
3456 return FALSE;
3459 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3460 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3461 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3462 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3463 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3464 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3465 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3466 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3467 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3468 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3469 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3471 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3472 return FALSE;
3474 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3476 file_ptr off;
3477 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3479 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3481 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3482 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3484 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3485 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3486 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3488 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3489 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3491 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3493 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3494 out. */
3495 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3496 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3497 return FALSE;
3498 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3501 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3503 return TRUE;
3506 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3508 static struct elf_segment_map *
3509 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3510 asection **sections,
3511 unsigned int from,
3512 unsigned int to,
3513 bfd_boolean phdr)
3515 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3516 unsigned int i;
3517 asection **hdrpp;
3518 bfd_size_type amt;
3520 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3521 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3522 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3523 if (m == NULL)
3524 return NULL;
3525 m->next = NULL;
3526 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3527 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3528 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3529 m->count = to - from;
3531 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3533 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3534 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3535 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3538 return m;
3541 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3542 on failure. */
3544 struct elf_segment_map *
3545 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3547 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3549 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3550 if (m == NULL)
3551 return NULL;
3552 m->next = NULL;
3553 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3554 m->count = 1;
3555 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3557 return m;
3560 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3562 static bfd_boolean
3563 map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd)
3565 asection **sections = NULL;
3566 asection *s;
3567 unsigned int i;
3568 unsigned int count;
3569 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3570 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3571 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3572 asection *last_hdr;
3573 bfd_vma last_size;
3574 unsigned int phdr_index;
3575 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3576 asection **hdrpp;
3577 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3578 bfd_boolean writable;
3579 int tls_count = 0;
3580 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3581 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3582 bfd_size_type amt;
3584 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
3585 return TRUE;
3587 if (bfd_count_sections (abfd) == 0)
3588 return TRUE;
3590 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3592 sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *));
3593 if (sections == NULL)
3594 goto error_return;
3596 i = 0;
3597 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3599 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3601 sections[i] = s;
3602 ++i;
3605 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3606 count = i;
3608 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3610 /* Build the mapping. */
3612 mfirst = NULL;
3613 pm = &mfirst;
3615 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3616 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3617 section. */
3618 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3619 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3621 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3622 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3623 if (m == NULL)
3624 goto error_return;
3625 m->next = NULL;
3626 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3627 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3628 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3629 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3630 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3632 *pm = m;
3633 pm = &m->next;
3635 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3636 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3637 if (m == NULL)
3638 goto error_return;
3639 m->next = NULL;
3640 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3641 m->count = 1;
3642 m->sections[0] = s;
3644 *pm = m;
3645 pm = &m->next;
3648 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3649 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3650 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3651 last_hdr = NULL;
3652 last_size = 0;
3653 phdr_index = 0;
3654 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize;
3655 writable = FALSE;
3656 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3657 if (dynsec != NULL
3658 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3659 dynsec = NULL;
3661 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3662 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3663 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3664 program headers we will need. */
3665 if (count > 0)
3667 bfd_size_type phdr_size;
3669 phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3670 if (phdr_size == 0)
3671 phdr_size = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_phdr;
3672 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3673 || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
3674 || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3675 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3678 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3680 asection *hdr;
3681 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3683 hdr = *hdrpp;
3685 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3686 segment. */
3688 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3690 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3691 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3692 new_segment = FALSE;
3694 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3696 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3697 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3698 segment. */
3699 new_segment = TRUE;
3701 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
3702 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
3704 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3705 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3706 new_segment = TRUE;
3708 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3709 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3711 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3712 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3713 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3714 new_segment = TRUE;
3716 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3718 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3719 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3720 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3721 new_segment = FALSE;
3723 else if (! writable
3724 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3725 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1)
3726 & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
3727 != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
3729 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3730 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3731 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3732 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3733 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3734 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3735 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3736 new_segment = TRUE;
3738 else
3740 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3741 new_segment = FALSE;
3744 if (! new_segment)
3746 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3747 writable = TRUE;
3748 last_hdr = hdr;
3749 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3750 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3751 last_size = hdr->size;
3752 else
3753 last_size = 0;
3754 continue;
3757 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3758 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3760 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3761 if (m == NULL)
3762 goto error_return;
3764 *pm = m;
3765 pm = &m->next;
3767 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3768 writable = TRUE;
3769 else
3770 writable = FALSE;
3772 last_hdr = hdr;
3773 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3774 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3775 last_size = hdr->size;
3776 else
3777 last_size = 0;
3778 phdr_index = i;
3779 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3782 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3783 if (last_hdr != NULL)
3785 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3786 if (m == NULL)
3787 goto error_return;
3789 *pm = m;
3790 pm = &m->next;
3793 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3794 if (dynsec != NULL)
3796 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
3797 if (m == NULL)
3798 goto error_return;
3799 *pm = m;
3800 pm = &m->next;
3803 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
3804 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
3805 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
3806 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
3807 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
3808 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3810 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3811 && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
3813 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3814 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3815 if (m == NULL)
3816 goto error_return;
3817 m->next = NULL;
3818 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
3819 m->count = 1;
3820 m->sections[0] = s;
3822 *pm = m;
3823 pm = &m->next;
3825 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3827 if (! tls_count)
3828 first_tls = s;
3829 tls_count++;
3833 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
3834 if (tls_count > 0)
3836 int i;
3838 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3839 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3840 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3841 if (m == NULL)
3842 goto error_return;
3843 m->next = NULL;
3844 m->p_type = PT_TLS;
3845 m->count = tls_count;
3846 /* Mandated PF_R. */
3847 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3848 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3849 for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
3851 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
3852 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
3853 first_tls = first_tls->next;
3856 *pm = m;
3857 pm = &m->next;
3860 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
3861 segment. */
3862 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
3863 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
3864 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3866 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3867 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3868 if (m == NULL)
3869 goto error_return;
3870 m->next = NULL;
3871 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
3872 m->count = 1;
3873 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
3875 *pm = m;
3876 pm = &m->next;
3879 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3881 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3882 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3883 if (m == NULL)
3884 goto error_return;
3885 m->next = NULL;
3886 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
3887 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
3888 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3890 *pm = m;
3891 pm = &m->next;
3894 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
3896 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3897 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3898 if (m == NULL)
3899 goto error_return;
3900 m->next = NULL;
3901 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
3902 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3903 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3905 *pm = m;
3906 pm = &m->next;
3909 free (sections);
3910 sections = NULL;
3912 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
3913 return TRUE;
3915 error_return:
3916 if (sections != NULL)
3917 free (sections);
3918 return FALSE;
3921 /* Sort sections by address. */
3923 static int
3924 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
3926 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
3927 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
3928 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
3930 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
3931 place the section into a segment. */
3932 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
3933 return -1;
3934 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
3935 return 1;
3937 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
3938 the same, and this will do nothing. */
3939 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
3940 return -1;
3941 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
3942 return 1;
3944 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
3946 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
3948 if (TOEND (sec1))
3950 if (TOEND (sec2))
3952 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
3953 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
3954 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
3955 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
3957 else
3958 return 1;
3960 else if (TOEND (sec2))
3961 return -1;
3963 #undef TOEND
3965 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
3966 before others at the same address. */
3968 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
3969 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
3971 if (size1 < size2)
3972 return -1;
3973 if (size1 > size2)
3974 return 1;
3976 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
3979 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
3981 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
3982 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
3983 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
3984 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
3985 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
3986 which is wrong.
3988 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
3989 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
3990 the page size.'' */
3991 /* In other words, something like:
3993 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
3994 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
3995 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
3996 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
3997 else
3998 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4000 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4002 static file_ptr
4003 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4005 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4008 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4009 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4010 the file header, and writes out the program headers. */
4012 static bfd_boolean
4013 assign_file_positions_for_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4015 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4016 unsigned int count;
4017 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4018 unsigned int alloc;
4019 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4020 file_ptr off, voff;
4021 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4022 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4023 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4025 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL)
4027 if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd))
4028 return FALSE;
4030 else
4032 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4033 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4034 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4035 sections. */
4036 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
4037 m != NULL;
4038 m = m->next)
4040 unsigned int new_count;
4041 unsigned int i;
4043 new_count = 0;
4044 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i ++)
4046 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4047 && ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4048 || m->p_type != PT_LOAD))
4050 if (i != new_count)
4051 m->sections[new_count] = m->sections[i];
4053 new_count ++;
4057 if (new_count != m->count)
4058 m->count = new_count;
4062 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map)
4064 if (! (*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, link_info))
4065 return FALSE;
4068 count = 0;
4069 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4070 ++count;
4072 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4073 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4074 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = count;
4076 if (count == 0)
4078 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4079 return TRUE;
4082 /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure
4083 that we allocated enough space. This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS
4084 is used in a linker script. */
4085 alloc = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4086 if (alloc != 0 && count > alloc)
4088 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4089 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)"),
4090 abfd, alloc, count));
4091 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4092 return FALSE;
4095 if (alloc == 0)
4096 alloc = count;
4098 phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4099 if (phdrs == NULL)
4100 return FALSE;
4102 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4103 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4105 filehdr_vaddr = 0;
4106 filehdr_paddr = 0;
4107 phdrs_vaddr = 0;
4108 phdrs_paddr = 0;
4110 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4111 m != NULL;
4112 m = m->next, p++)
4114 unsigned int i;
4115 asection **secpp;
4117 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4118 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4119 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4120 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4121 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4122 if (m->count > 1
4123 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4124 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4125 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4126 elf_sort_sections);
4128 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4129 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4130 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4131 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4132 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
4133 an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
4134 but need zero filled memory allocation. */
4135 voff = 0;
4136 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4137 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4139 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4140 && m->count > 0)
4142 bfd_size_type align;
4143 bfd_vma adjust;
4144 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4146 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4148 unsigned int secalign;
4150 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4151 if (secalign > align_power)
4152 align_power = secalign;
4154 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4156 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && bed->maxpagesize > align)
4157 align = bed->maxpagesize;
4159 adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align);
4160 off += adjust;
4161 if (adjust != 0
4162 && !m->includes_filehdr
4163 && !m->includes_phdrs
4164 && (ufile_ptr) off >= align)
4166 /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
4167 any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
4168 space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
4169 However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
4170 .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
4171 whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
4172 i = 0;
4173 while ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
4175 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4176 || ++i >= m->count)
4178 off -= adjust;
4179 voff = adjust - align;
4180 break;
4185 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4186 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4187 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4188 && m->count > 1
4189 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4191 _bfd_error_handler
4192 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4193 abfd);
4194 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4195 return FALSE;
4198 if (m->count == 0)
4199 p->p_vaddr = 0;
4200 else
4201 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
4203 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4204 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4205 else if (m->count == 0)
4206 p->p_paddr = 0;
4207 else
4208 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma;
4210 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4211 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4212 p->p_align = bed->maxpagesize;
4213 else if (m->count == 0)
4214 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4215 else
4216 p->p_align = 0;
4218 p->p_offset = 0;
4219 p->p_filesz = 0;
4220 p->p_memsz = 0;
4222 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4224 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4225 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4226 p->p_offset = 0;
4227 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4228 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4229 if (m->count > 0)
4231 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4233 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4235 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4236 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4237 abfd);
4238 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4239 return FALSE;
4242 p->p_vaddr -= off;
4243 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4244 p->p_paddr -= off;
4246 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4248 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4249 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4253 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4255 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4256 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4258 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4260 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4262 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4263 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4266 else
4268 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4270 if (m->count > 0)
4272 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4273 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4274 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4275 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4278 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4280 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4281 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4283 else
4284 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4287 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4288 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4291 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4292 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4294 if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs)
4295 p->p_offset = off + voff;
4296 else
4298 file_ptr adjust;
4300 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4301 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4302 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4306 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4308 asection *sec;
4309 flagword flags;
4310 bfd_size_type align;
4312 sec = *secpp;
4313 flags = sec->flags;
4314 align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4316 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4317 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4319 bfd_signed_vma adjust;
4321 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4323 adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_filesz);
4324 if (adjust < 0)
4326 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4327 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4328 abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma);
4329 adjust = 0;
4331 off += adjust;
4332 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4333 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4335 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4336 normal segments. */
4337 else if ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4338 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4340 /* The section VMA must equal the file position
4341 modulo the page size. */
4342 bfd_size_type page = align;
4343 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && bed->maxpagesize > page)
4344 page = bed->maxpagesize;
4345 adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (sec->vma,
4346 p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz,
4347 page);
4348 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4352 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4354 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4355 everything. */
4356 if (i == 0)
4358 sec->filepos = off;
4359 off += sec->size;
4360 p->p_filesz = sec->size;
4361 p->p_memsz = 0;
4362 p->p_align = 1;
4364 else
4366 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4367 sec->filepos = 0;
4368 sec->size = 0;
4369 sec->flags = 0;
4370 continue;
4373 else
4375 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4377 sec->filepos = off;
4378 /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
4379 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
4380 plausible explanation is that it is to work around
4381 a problem we have with linker scripts using data
4382 statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
4383 makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
4384 assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
4385 people do this. The data statement results in a
4386 bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
4387 section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
4388 to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
4389 section with contents to the output. Make room
4390 here for the write, so that following segments are
4391 not trashed. */
4392 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4393 || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
4394 off += sec->size;
4397 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4399 p->p_filesz += sec->size;
4400 p->p_memsz += sec->size;
4402 /* PR ld/594: Sections in note segments which are not loaded
4403 contribute to the file size but not the in-memory size. */
4404 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE
4405 && (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
4406 p->p_filesz += sec->size;
4408 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4409 normal segments. */
4410 else if ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4411 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4412 p->p_memsz += sec->size;
4414 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS
4415 && sec->size == 0
4416 && (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
4418 struct bfd_link_order *o = sec->map_tail.link_order;
4419 if (o != NULL)
4420 p->p_memsz += o->offset + o->size;
4423 if (align > p->p_align
4424 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4425 p->p_align = align;
4428 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4430 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4431 if ((flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
4432 p->p_flags |= PF_X;
4433 if ((flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4434 p->p_flags |= PF_W;
4439 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4440 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4441 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4442 m != NULL;
4443 m = m->next, p++)
4445 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD && m->count > 0)
4447 BFD_ASSERT (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs);
4448 /* If the section has not yet been assigned a file position,
4449 do so now. The ARM BPABI requires that .dynamic section
4450 not be marked SEC_ALLOC because it is not part of any
4451 PT_LOAD segment, so it will not be processed above. */
4452 if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC && m->sections[0]->filepos == 0)
4454 unsigned int i;
4455 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4457 i = 1;
4458 while (i_shdrpp[i]->bfd_section != m->sections[0])
4459 ++i;
4460 off = (_bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section
4461 (i_shdrpp[i], off, TRUE));
4462 p->p_filesz = m->sections[0]->size;
4464 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
4466 if (m->count == 0)
4468 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4470 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
4471 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4472 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
4474 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
4476 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
4477 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4478 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
4480 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4482 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4484 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4486 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4487 && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end
4488 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
4489 && lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz
4490 >= link_info->relro_end)
4491 break;
4494 if (lp < phdrs + count
4495 && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr)
4497 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4498 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4499 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4500 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
4501 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4502 p->p_align = 1;
4503 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
4505 else
4507 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4508 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4514 /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use. */
4515 for (; count < alloc; count++, p++)
4517 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4518 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4521 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4523 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4525 /* Write out the program headers. */
4526 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
4527 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdrs, alloc) != 0)
4528 return FALSE;
4530 return TRUE;
4533 /* Get the size of the program header.
4535 If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it
4536 can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only
4537 happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case,
4538 SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one
4539 data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic).
4541 ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there
4542 will be two segments. */
4544 static bfd_size_type
4545 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd)
4547 size_t segs;
4548 asection *s;
4549 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4551 /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */
4552 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size != 0)
4553 return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
4555 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
4557 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4559 segs = 0;
4560 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4561 ++segs;
4562 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4563 return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
4566 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4567 and one for data. */
4568 segs = 2;
4570 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
4571 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4573 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4574 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4575 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4576 targets. */
4577 segs += 2;
4580 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
4582 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4583 ++segs;
4586 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
4588 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4589 ++segs;
4592 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
4594 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4595 ++segs;
4598 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
4600 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4601 ++segs;
4604 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4606 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4607 && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
4609 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4610 ++segs;
4614 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4616 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4618 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4619 ++segs;
4620 break;
4624 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4625 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
4627 int a;
4629 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd);
4630 if (a == -1)
4631 abort ();
4632 segs += a;
4635 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4636 return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
4639 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4640 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4641 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4643 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4644 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4645 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4646 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4647 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4648 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4649 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4651 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4653 static bfd_boolean
4654 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
4655 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4657 struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4658 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4659 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4660 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4661 file_ptr off;
4662 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4664 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
4665 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4667 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4668 unsigned int i;
4670 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4671 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
4673 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4674 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4675 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4676 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4678 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4680 hdr = *hdrpp;
4681 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4682 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4683 || i == tdata->symtab_section
4684 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
4685 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
4687 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4689 else
4690 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4692 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4694 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4695 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4699 else
4701 unsigned int i;
4702 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4704 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4705 assignment of sections to segments. */
4706 if (! assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd, link_info))
4707 return FALSE;
4709 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4711 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4712 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4714 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4716 hdr = *hdrpp;
4717 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4718 && hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0)
4719 hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos;
4720 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4722 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4723 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4724 abfd,
4725 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4726 ? "*unknown*"
4727 : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
4728 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4729 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4730 bed->maxpagesize);
4731 else
4732 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4733 hdr->sh_addralign);
4734 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4735 FALSE);
4737 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4738 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4739 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4740 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4741 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4742 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4743 else
4744 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4746 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4748 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4749 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4754 /* Place the section headers. */
4755 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
4756 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
4757 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
4759 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4761 return TRUE;
4764 static bfd_boolean
4765 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
4767 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4768 Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4769 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
4770 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
4771 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4773 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4774 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4776 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4777 if (shstrtab == NULL)
4778 return FALSE;
4780 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
4782 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
4783 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
4784 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
4785 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
4787 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
4788 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
4789 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
4790 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
4792 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4793 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
4794 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
4795 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
4796 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4797 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
4798 else
4799 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
4801 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
4803 case bfd_arch_unknown:
4804 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
4805 break;
4807 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4808 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4809 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4810 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4811 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4812 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4813 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4814 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4815 default:
4816 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
4819 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
4820 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4822 /* No program header, for now. */
4823 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4824 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4825 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
4827 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4828 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
4829 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
4831 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4832 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
4833 /* It all happens later. */
4835 else
4837 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4838 i_phdrp = 0;
4839 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4842 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
4843 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
4844 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
4845 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
4846 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
4847 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
4848 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4849 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4850 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
4851 return FALSE;
4853 return TRUE;
4856 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4857 of the loadable file image. */
4859 void
4860 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
4862 file_ptr off;
4863 unsigned int i, num_sec;
4864 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
4866 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4868 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4869 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
4871 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
4873 shdrp = *shdrpp;
4874 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4875 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
4876 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
4879 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4882 bfd_boolean
4883 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
4885 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4886 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
4887 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
4888 bfd_boolean failed;
4889 unsigned int count, num_sec;
4891 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
4892 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
4893 return FALSE;
4895 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4896 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4898 failed = FALSE;
4899 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
4900 if (failed)
4901 return FALSE;
4903 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
4905 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
4906 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4907 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
4909 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
4910 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
4911 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
4913 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
4915 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4916 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
4917 return FALSE;
4919 if (count == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4920 count += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4923 /* Write out the section header names. */
4924 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
4925 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4926 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
4927 return FALSE;
4929 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
4930 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
4931 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
4933 return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd);
4936 bfd_boolean
4937 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
4939 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
4940 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
4943 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
4946 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
4948 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4949 int index;
4951 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
4952 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
4953 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
4955 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
4956 index = SHN_ABS;
4957 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
4958 index = SHN_COMMON;
4959 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
4960 index = SHN_UNDEF;
4961 else
4962 index = -1;
4964 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4965 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
4967 int retval = index;
4969 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
4970 return retval;
4973 if (index == -1)
4974 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
4976 return index;
4979 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
4980 on error. */
4983 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
4985 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
4986 int idx;
4987 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
4989 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
4990 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
4991 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
4992 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
4993 input sections rather than the output section. */
4994 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
4995 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
4996 && asym_ptr->section)
4998 int indx;
5000 if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL)
5001 indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index;
5002 else
5003 indx = asym_ptr->section->index;
5004 if (indx < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5005 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5006 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5009 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5011 if (idx == 0)
5013 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5014 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5015 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5016 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5017 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5018 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5019 return -1;
5022 #if DEBUG & 4
5024 fprintf (stderr,
5025 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5026 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
5027 elf_symbol_flags (flags));
5028 fflush (stderr);
5030 #endif
5032 return idx;
5035 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies any program header information. */
5037 static bfd_boolean
5038 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5040 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5041 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5042 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5043 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5044 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5045 asection *section;
5046 unsigned int i;
5047 unsigned int num_segments;
5048 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5049 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5050 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5051 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5052 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5054 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5055 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5056 return TRUE;
5058 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
5059 return TRUE;
5061 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5062 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5064 map_first = NULL;
5065 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5067 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5068 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5070 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5071 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5072 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5073 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5075 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5076 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5077 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5078 ? section->size : 0)
5080 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5081 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5082 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5083 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5084 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5085 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5087 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5088 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5089 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5090 (section->lma >= base \
5091 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5092 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5094 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5095 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5096 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5097 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5098 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5099 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5100 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5101 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5103 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5104 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5105 p_memsz set to 0. */
5106 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5107 (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
5108 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5109 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5110 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5111 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5112 && s->size > 0 \
5113 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5114 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5115 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5117 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5118 A section will be included if:
5119 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5120 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5121 2. It is an allocated segment,
5122 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5123 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5124 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5125 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5126 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5127 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5128 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5129 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5130 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5131 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5132 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5133 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5134 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5135 && section->output_section != NULL \
5136 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5137 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5138 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5139 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5140 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5141 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5142 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5143 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5144 || (segment->p_paddr \
5145 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5146 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5147 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5148 == 0)) \
5149 && ! section->segment_mark)
5151 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5152 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5153 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5155 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5156 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5157 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5158 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5159 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5160 LMA. */
5161 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5162 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5163 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5164 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5165 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5167 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5168 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5169 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5171 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5172 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5173 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5174 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5175 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5176 i < num_segments;
5177 i++, segment++)
5179 unsigned int j;
5180 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5182 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5183 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5184 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5186 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5187 assignment code will work. */
5188 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5189 break;
5192 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5193 continue;
5195 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5196 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++)
5198 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5200 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5201 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5202 continue;
5204 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5205 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5207 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5208 SEGMENT. */
5209 extra_length =
5210 SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5211 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr);
5213 if (extra_length > 0)
5215 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5216 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5219 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5221 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5222 i = 0;
5223 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5224 break;
5226 else
5228 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5229 SEGMENT2. */
5230 extra_length =
5231 SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5232 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr);
5234 if (extra_length > 0)
5236 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5237 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5240 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5245 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5246 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5247 i < num_segments;
5248 i ++, segment ++)
5250 unsigned int section_count;
5251 asection ** sections;
5252 asection * output_section;
5253 unsigned int isec;
5254 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5255 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5256 unsigned int j;
5257 bfd_size_type amt;
5259 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5260 continue;
5262 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5263 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5264 section != NULL;
5265 section = section->next)
5266 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5267 ++section_count;
5269 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5270 all of the sections we have selected. */
5271 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5272 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5273 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5274 if (map == NULL)
5275 return FALSE;
5277 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5278 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5279 map->next = NULL;
5280 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5281 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5282 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5283 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5284 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5286 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5287 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5288 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5289 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5291 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5293 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5295 map->includes_phdrs =
5296 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5297 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5298 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5299 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5301 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5302 phdr_included = TRUE;
5305 if (section_count == 0)
5307 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5308 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5309 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5310 a warning is produced. */
5311 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5312 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5313 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5314 ibfd);
5316 map->count = 0;
5317 *pointer_to_map = map;
5318 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5320 continue;
5323 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5324 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5325 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5326 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5328 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5329 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5330 input BFD.
5332 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5333 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5334 of the first section.
5336 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5337 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5338 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5339 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5340 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5342 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5343 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5344 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5345 or segments to contain the other sections.
5347 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5348 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5349 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5351 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5352 to work around this long long bug. */
5353 sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5354 if (sections == NULL)
5355 return FALSE;
5357 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5358 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5359 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5360 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5361 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5362 more to do. */
5363 isec = 0;
5364 matching_lma = 0;
5365 suggested_lma = 0;
5367 for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections;
5368 section != NULL;
5369 section = section->next)
5371 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5373 output_section = section->output_section;
5375 sections[j ++] = section;
5377 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5378 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5379 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5380 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5381 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5382 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5383 && (! bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
5384 && isec == 0
5385 && output_section->lma != 0
5386 && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5387 + (map->includes_filehdr
5388 ? iehdr->e_ehsize
5389 : 0)
5390 + (map->includes_phdrs
5391 ? (iehdr->e_phnum
5392 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5393 : 0))))
5394 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5396 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5397 LMA address of the output section. */
5398 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5399 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5400 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero &&
5401 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment))
5404 if (matching_lma == 0)
5405 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5407 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5408 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5409 segment. */
5410 map->sections[isec ++] = output_section;
5412 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5413 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5417 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5419 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5420 if necessary. */
5421 if (isec == section_count)
5423 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5424 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5425 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5426 program header in the input BFD. */
5427 map->count = section_count;
5428 *pointer_to_map = map;
5429 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5431 free (sections);
5432 continue;
5434 else
5436 if (matching_lma != 0)
5438 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5439 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5440 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5441 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5443 else
5445 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5446 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5447 the LMA of the first section. */
5448 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5451 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5452 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5453 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5454 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5456 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5458 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5460 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5461 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5462 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5463 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5464 offset when we know the correct value. */
5465 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5466 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5470 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5471 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5472 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5473 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5474 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5475 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5476 the loop. */
5477 isec = 0;
5480 map->count = 0;
5481 suggested_lma = 0;
5483 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5484 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5486 section = sections[j];
5488 if (section == NULL)
5489 continue;
5491 output_section = section->output_section;
5493 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5495 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5496 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5498 if (map->count == 0)
5500 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5501 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5502 wrong. */
5503 if (output_section->lma !=
5504 (map->p_paddr
5505 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5506 + (map->includes_phdrs
5507 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5508 : 0)))
5509 abort ();
5511 else
5513 asection * prev_sec;
5515 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5517 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5518 and the start of this section is more than
5519 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5520 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5521 maxpagesize)
5522 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5523 || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size)
5524 > output_section->lma))
5526 if (suggested_lma == 0)
5527 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5529 continue;
5533 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
5534 ++isec;
5535 sections[j] = NULL;
5536 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
5538 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5539 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5542 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
5544 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5545 *pointer_to_map = map;
5546 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5548 if (isec < section_count)
5550 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5551 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5552 and carry on looping. */
5553 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5554 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5555 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5556 if (map == NULL)
5558 free (sections);
5559 return FALSE;
5562 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5563 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5564 not yet been assigned. */
5565 map->next = NULL;
5566 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5567 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5568 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5569 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5570 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5571 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
5572 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5575 while (isec < section_count);
5577 free (sections);
5580 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5581 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5582 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5583 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5584 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5585 if (map->p_paddr != 0)
5586 break;
5587 if (map == NULL)
5588 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5589 map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
5591 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5593 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5594 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5595 the offset if necessary. */
5596 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
5598 unsigned int count;
5600 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5601 count++;
5603 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
5604 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
5605 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5608 #undef SEGMENT_END
5609 #undef SECTION_SIZE
5610 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5611 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5612 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5613 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5614 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5615 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5616 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5617 return TRUE;
5620 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5622 bfd_boolean
5623 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5624 asection *isec,
5625 bfd *obfd,
5626 asection *osec,
5627 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5630 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5631 bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable;
5633 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5634 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5635 return TRUE;
5637 /* FIXME: What if the output ELF section type has been set to
5638 something different? */
5639 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL)
5640 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
5642 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5643 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5644 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5645 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5647 if (need_group)
5649 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
5650 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5652 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
5653 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
5654 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
5655 elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec);
5659 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5661 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5662 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5663 may be NULL at this point. */
5664 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
5666 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5667 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
5668 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
5671 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
5673 return TRUE;
5676 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5677 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5679 bfd_boolean
5680 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5681 asection *isec,
5682 bfd *obfd,
5683 asection *osec)
5685 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5687 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5688 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5689 return TRUE;
5691 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5692 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5694 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
5696 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
5697 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
5698 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
5699 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
5700 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
5702 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
5703 NULL);
5706 /* Copy private header information. */
5708 bfd_boolean
5709 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5711 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5712 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5713 return TRUE;
5715 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
5716 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
5717 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
5718 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
5719 already been worked out. */
5720 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
5722 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
5723 return FALSE;
5726 return TRUE;
5729 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
5730 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
5731 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
5732 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
5733 swap_out_syms function. */
5735 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
5736 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
5737 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
5738 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
5739 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
5741 bfd_boolean
5742 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
5743 asymbol *isymarg,
5744 bfd *obfd,
5745 asymbol *osymarg)
5747 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
5749 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5750 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5751 return TRUE;
5753 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
5754 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
5756 if (isym != NULL
5757 && osym != NULL
5758 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
5760 unsigned int shndx;
5762 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
5763 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
5764 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
5765 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
5766 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
5767 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
5768 shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
5769 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
5770 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
5771 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
5772 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
5773 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
5776 return TRUE;
5779 /* Swap out the symbols. */
5781 static bfd_boolean
5782 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
5783 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
5784 int relocatable_p)
5786 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5787 int symcount;
5788 asymbol **syms;
5789 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
5790 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5791 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
5792 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
5793 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
5794 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
5795 int idx;
5796 bfd_size_type amt;
5797 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
5799 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
5800 return FALSE;
5802 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
5803 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
5804 if (stt == NULL)
5805 return FALSE;
5807 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5808 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
5809 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
5810 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
5811 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
5812 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
5813 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
5814 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
5816 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
5817 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
5819 outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym);
5820 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
5822 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5823 return FALSE;
5825 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
5827 outbound_shndx = NULL;
5828 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
5829 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
5831 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5832 outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
5833 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
5834 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
5836 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5837 return FALSE;
5840 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
5841 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
5842 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
5843 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5844 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5847 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
5849 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
5850 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
5851 sym.st_name = 0;
5852 sym.st_value = 0;
5853 sym.st_size = 0;
5854 sym.st_info = 0;
5855 sym.st_other = 0;
5856 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
5857 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
5858 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
5859 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
5860 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5863 name_local_sections
5864 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
5865 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
5867 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
5868 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
5870 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
5871 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
5872 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
5873 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
5874 int type;
5876 if (!name_local_sections
5877 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5879 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
5880 sym.st_name = 0;
5882 else
5884 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
5885 syms[idx]->name,
5886 TRUE, FALSE);
5887 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
5889 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5890 return FALSE;
5894 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
5896 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
5897 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
5899 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
5900 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
5901 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
5902 sym.st_size = value;
5903 if (type_ptr == NULL
5904 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
5905 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
5906 else
5907 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
5908 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
5909 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
5911 else
5913 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
5914 int shndx;
5916 if (sec->output_section)
5918 value += sec->output_offset;
5919 sec = sec->output_section;
5922 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
5923 if (! relocatable_p)
5924 value += sec->vma;
5925 sym.st_value = value;
5926 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
5928 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
5929 && type_ptr != NULL
5930 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
5932 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
5933 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
5934 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
5935 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
5936 switch (shndx)
5938 case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
5939 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
5940 break;
5941 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
5942 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
5943 break;
5944 case MAP_STRTAB:
5945 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
5946 break;
5947 case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
5948 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
5949 break;
5950 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
5951 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
5952 break;
5953 default:
5954 break;
5957 else
5959 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
5961 if (shndx == -1)
5963 asection *sec2;
5965 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
5966 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
5967 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
5968 demand of applications. For example, it
5969 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
5970 section of a symbol to be a section that is
5971 actually in the output file. */
5972 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
5973 if (sec2 == NULL)
5975 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
5976 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
5977 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
5978 sec->name);
5979 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
5980 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5981 return FALSE;
5984 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
5985 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
5989 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
5992 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
5993 type = STT_TLS;
5994 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
5995 type = STT_FUNC;
5996 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
5997 type = STT_OBJECT;
5998 else
5999 type = STT_NOTYPE;
6001 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6002 type = STT_TLS;
6004 /* Processor-specific types. */
6005 if (type_ptr != NULL
6006 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6007 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6008 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6010 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6012 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6013 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6014 else
6015 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6017 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6018 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6019 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6020 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6021 ? STB_WEAK
6022 : STB_GLOBAL),
6023 type);
6024 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6025 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6026 else
6028 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6030 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6031 bind = STB_LOCAL;
6032 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6033 bind = STB_WEAK;
6034 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6035 bind = STB_GLOBAL;
6037 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6040 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6041 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6042 else
6043 sym.st_other = 0;
6045 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6046 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6047 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6048 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6051 *sttp = stt;
6052 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6053 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6055 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6056 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6057 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6058 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6059 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6060 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6062 return TRUE;
6065 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6067 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6068 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6069 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6071 long
6072 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6074 long symcount;
6075 long symtab_size;
6076 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6078 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6079 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6080 if (symcount > 0)
6081 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6083 return symtab_size;
6086 long
6087 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6089 long symcount;
6090 long symtab_size;
6091 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6093 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6095 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6096 return -1;
6099 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6100 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6101 if (symcount > 0)
6102 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6104 return symtab_size;
6107 long
6108 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6109 sec_ptr asect)
6111 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6114 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6116 long
6117 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6118 sec_ptr section,
6119 arelent **relptr,
6120 asymbol **symbols)
6122 arelent *tblptr;
6123 unsigned int i;
6124 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6126 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6127 return -1;
6129 tblptr = section->relocation;
6130 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6131 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6133 *relptr = NULL;
6135 return section->reloc_count;
6138 long
6139 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6141 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6142 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6144 if (symcount >= 0)
6145 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6146 return symcount;
6149 long
6150 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6151 asymbol **allocation)
6153 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6154 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
6156 if (symcount >= 0)
6157 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6158 return symcount;
6161 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6162 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6163 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6164 dynamic reloc section. */
6166 long
6167 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6169 long ret;
6170 asection *s;
6172 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6174 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6175 return -1;
6178 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
6179 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6180 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6181 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6182 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6183 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6184 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
6185 * sizeof (arelent *));
6187 return ret;
6190 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6191 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6192 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6193 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6194 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6195 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6196 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6198 long
6199 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6200 arelent **storage,
6201 asymbol **syms)
6203 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6204 asection *s;
6205 long ret;
6207 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6209 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6210 return -1;
6213 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6214 ret = 0;
6215 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6217 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6218 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6219 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6220 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6222 arelent *p;
6223 long count, i;
6225 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
6226 return -1;
6227 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
6228 p = s->relocation;
6229 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6230 *storage++ = p++;
6231 ret += count;
6235 *storage = NULL;
6237 return ret;
6240 /* Read in the version information. */
6242 bfd_boolean
6243 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
6245 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6246 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
6248 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
6250 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6251 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
6252 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
6253 unsigned int i;
6254 bfd_byte *contents_end;
6256 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
6258 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info,
6259 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
6260 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
6261 goto error_return;
6263 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
6265 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6266 if (contents == NULL)
6268 error_return_verref:
6269 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
6270 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
6271 goto error_return;
6273 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6274 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6275 goto error_return_verref;
6277 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
6278 goto error_return_verref;
6280 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
6281 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
6282 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
6283 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
6284 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
6285 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
6287 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
6288 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
6289 unsigned int j;
6291 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
6293 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
6295 iverneed->vn_filename =
6296 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6297 iverneed->vn_file);
6298 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
6299 goto error_return_verref;
6301 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
6302 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
6303 else
6305 iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
6306 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
6307 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
6308 goto error_return_verref;
6311 if (iverneed->vn_aux
6312 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6313 goto error_return_verref;
6315 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6316 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
6317 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
6318 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
6320 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
6322 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
6323 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6324 ivernaux->vna_name);
6325 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
6326 goto error_return_verref;
6328 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
6329 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
6330 else
6331 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
6333 if (ivernaux->vna_next
6334 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
6335 goto error_return_verref;
6337 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6338 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
6340 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
6341 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
6344 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
6345 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
6346 else
6347 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
6349 if (iverneed->vn_next
6350 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6351 goto error_return_verref;
6353 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
6354 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
6357 free (contents);
6358 contents = NULL;
6361 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
6363 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6364 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
6365 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6366 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
6367 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
6368 unsigned int i;
6369 unsigned int maxidx;
6370 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
6372 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
6374 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6375 if (contents == NULL)
6376 goto error_return;
6377 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6378 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6379 goto error_return;
6381 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
6382 goto error_return;
6384 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
6385 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
6386 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
6387 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
6388 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
6389 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
6391 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6392 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6393 the maximum. */
6394 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6395 maxidx = 0;
6396 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
6398 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6400 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
6401 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
6403 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
6404 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6405 goto error_return;
6407 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6408 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
6411 if (default_imported_symver)
6413 if (freeidx > maxidx)
6414 maxidx = ++freeidx;
6415 else
6416 freeidx = ++maxidx;
6418 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx,
6419 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6420 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6421 goto error_return;
6423 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
6425 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6426 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
6427 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
6429 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
6430 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6431 unsigned int j;
6433 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6435 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
6437 error_return_verdef:
6438 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
6439 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
6440 goto error_return;
6443 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
6444 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6446 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6448 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
6449 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
6450 else
6452 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
6453 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6454 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6455 goto error_return_verdef;
6458 if (iverdef->vd_aux
6459 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6460 goto error_return_verdef;
6462 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6463 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
6464 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6465 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
6467 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
6469 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
6470 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6471 iverdaux->vda_name);
6472 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
6473 goto error_return_verdef;
6475 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
6476 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
6477 else
6478 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6480 if (iverdaux->vda_next
6481 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
6482 goto error_return_verdef;
6484 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6485 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
6488 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
6489 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
6491 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
6492 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
6493 else
6494 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6496 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6497 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
6500 free (contents);
6501 contents = NULL;
6503 else if (default_imported_symver)
6505 if (freeidx < 3)
6506 freeidx = 3;
6507 else
6508 freeidx++;
6510 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx,
6511 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6512 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6513 goto error_return;
6515 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
6518 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6519 if (default_imported_symver)
6521 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6522 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6524 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
6526 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
6527 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
6528 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
6529 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
6531 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6533 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
6534 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
6535 goto error_return_verdef;
6536 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6537 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6538 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6539 goto error_return_verdef;
6541 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6542 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
6543 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6546 return TRUE;
6548 error_return:
6549 if (contents != NULL)
6550 free (contents);
6551 return FALSE;
6554 asymbol *
6555 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
6557 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
6558 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
6560 newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6561 if (!newsym)
6562 return NULL;
6563 else
6565 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
6566 return &newsym->symbol;
6570 void
6571 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6572 asymbol *symbol,
6573 symbol_info *ret)
6575 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
6578 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6579 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6580 override it. */
6582 bfd_boolean
6583 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6584 const char *name)
6586 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6587 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
6588 return TRUE;
6590 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6591 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6592 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
6593 return TRUE;
6595 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6596 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6597 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6598 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6599 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6600 we treat such symbols as local. */
6601 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
6602 return TRUE;
6604 return FALSE;
6607 alent *
6608 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6609 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6611 abort ();
6612 return NULL;
6615 bfd_boolean
6616 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
6617 enum bfd_architecture arch,
6618 unsigned long machine)
6620 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6621 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6622 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
6623 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
6624 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
6625 return FALSE;
6627 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
6630 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6631 for error reporting. */
6633 static bfd_boolean
6634 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6635 asection *section,
6636 asymbol **symbols,
6637 bfd_vma offset,
6638 const char **filename_ptr,
6639 const char **functionname_ptr)
6641 const char *filename;
6642 asymbol *func, *file;
6643 bfd_vma low_func;
6644 asymbol **p;
6645 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6646 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6647 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6648 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6649 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6650 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6651 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6652 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6653 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
6655 filename = NULL;
6656 func = NULL;
6657 file = NULL;
6658 low_func = 0;
6659 state = nothing_seen;
6661 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
6663 elf_symbol_type *q;
6665 q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
6667 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
6669 default:
6670 break;
6671 case STT_FILE:
6672 file = &q->symbol;
6673 if (state == symbol_seen)
6674 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
6675 continue;
6676 case STT_SECTION:
6677 continue;
6678 case STT_NOTYPE:
6679 case STT_FUNC:
6680 if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section
6681 && q->symbol.value >= low_func
6682 && q->symbol.value <= offset)
6684 func = (asymbol *) q;
6685 low_func = q->symbol.value;
6686 if (file == NULL)
6687 filename = NULL;
6688 else if (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) != STB_LOCAL
6689 && state == file_after_symbol_seen)
6690 filename = NULL;
6691 else
6692 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
6694 break;
6696 if (state == nothing_seen)
6697 state = symbol_seen;
6700 if (func == NULL)
6701 return FALSE;
6703 if (filename_ptr)
6704 *filename_ptr = filename;
6705 if (functionname_ptr)
6706 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
6708 return TRUE;
6711 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
6712 for error reporting. */
6714 bfd_boolean
6715 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
6716 asection *section,
6717 asymbol **symbols,
6718 bfd_vma offset,
6719 const char **filename_ptr,
6720 const char **functionname_ptr,
6721 unsigned int *line_ptr)
6723 bfd_boolean found;
6725 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6726 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
6727 line_ptr))
6729 if (!*functionname_ptr)
6730 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6731 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
6732 functionname_ptr);
6734 return TRUE;
6737 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6738 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
6739 line_ptr, 0,
6740 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
6742 if (!*functionname_ptr)
6743 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6744 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
6745 functionname_ptr);
6747 return TRUE;
6750 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
6751 &found, filename_ptr,
6752 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
6753 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
6754 return FALSE;
6755 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
6756 return TRUE;
6758 if (symbols == NULL)
6759 return FALSE;
6761 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6762 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
6763 return FALSE;
6765 *line_ptr = 0;
6766 return TRUE;
6769 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
6771 bfd_boolean
6772 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
6773 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
6775 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
6776 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
6777 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
6780 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
6781 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
6782 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
6783 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
6784 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
6786 bfd_boolean
6787 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
6788 const char **filename_ptr,
6789 const char **functionname_ptr,
6790 unsigned int *line_ptr)
6792 bfd_boolean found;
6793 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
6794 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
6795 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
6796 return found;
6800 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean reloc)
6802 int ret;
6804 ret = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_ehdr;
6805 if (! reloc)
6806 ret += get_program_header_size (abfd);
6807 return ret;
6810 bfd_boolean
6811 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
6812 sec_ptr section,
6813 const void *location,
6814 file_ptr offset,
6815 bfd_size_type count)
6817 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6818 bfd_signed_vma pos;
6820 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
6821 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
6822 return FALSE;
6824 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
6825 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
6826 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
6827 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
6828 return FALSE;
6830 return TRUE;
6833 void
6834 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6835 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6836 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6838 abort ();
6841 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
6843 bfd_boolean
6844 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
6846 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
6848 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
6850 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
6851 reloc_howto_type *howto;
6853 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
6854 equivalent ELF reloc. */
6856 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
6858 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
6860 case 8:
6861 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
6862 break;
6863 case 12:
6864 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
6865 break;
6866 case 16:
6867 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
6868 break;
6869 case 24:
6870 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
6871 break;
6872 case 32:
6873 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
6874 break;
6875 case 64:
6876 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
6877 break;
6878 default:
6879 goto fail;
6882 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
6884 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
6886 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
6887 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
6888 else
6889 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
6892 else
6894 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
6896 case 8:
6897 code = BFD_RELOC_8;
6898 break;
6899 case 14:
6900 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
6901 break;
6902 case 16:
6903 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
6904 break;
6905 case 26:
6906 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
6907 break;
6908 case 32:
6909 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
6910 break;
6911 case 64:
6912 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
6913 break;
6914 default:
6915 goto fail;
6918 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
6921 if (howto)
6922 areloc->howto = howto;
6923 else
6924 goto fail;
6927 return TRUE;
6929 fail:
6930 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6931 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
6932 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
6933 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6934 return FALSE;
6937 bfd_boolean
6938 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
6940 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
6942 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
6943 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
6944 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd);
6947 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
6950 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
6951 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
6952 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
6953 this reloc. */
6955 bfd_reloc_status_type
6956 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
6957 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6958 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6959 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6960 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6962 return bfd_reloc_ok;
6965 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
6966 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
6967 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
6968 out details about the corefile. */
6970 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
6971 # include <sys/procfs.h>
6972 #endif
6974 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
6976 static int
6977 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
6979 return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
6980 + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
6983 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
6984 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
6985 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
6986 overwrite it. */
6988 static bfd_boolean
6989 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
6991 asection *sect2;
6993 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
6994 return TRUE;
6996 sect2 = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
6997 if (sect2 == NULL)
6998 return FALSE;
7000 sect2->size = sect->size;
7001 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7002 sect2->flags = sect->flags;
7003 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7004 return TRUE;
7007 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7008 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7009 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7010 such a section already exists.
7011 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7012 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7013 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7014 bfd_boolean
7015 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7016 char *name,
7017 size_t size,
7018 ufile_ptr filepos)
7020 char buf[100];
7021 char *threaded_name;
7022 size_t len;
7023 asection *sect;
7025 /* Build the section name. */
7027 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7028 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7029 threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7030 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7031 return FALSE;
7032 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7034 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, threaded_name);
7035 if (sect == NULL)
7036 return FALSE;
7037 sect->size = size;
7038 sect->filepos = filepos;
7039 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7040 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7042 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7045 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7046 solaris 2.5+
7047 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7048 unixware 4.2
7051 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7053 static bfd_boolean
7054 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7056 size_t size;
7057 int offset;
7059 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7061 prstatus_t prstat;
7063 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7064 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7065 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7067 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7068 has already been set by another thread. */
7069 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7070 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7071 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7073 /* pr_who exists on:
7074 solaris 2.5+
7075 unixware 4.2
7076 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7077 linux 2.[01]
7079 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7080 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7081 #endif
7083 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7084 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7086 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7087 prstatus32_t prstat;
7089 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7090 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
7091 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7093 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7094 has already been set by another thread. */
7095 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7096 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7097 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7099 /* pr_who exists on:
7100 solaris 2.5+
7101 unixware 4.2
7102 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7103 linux 2.[01]
7105 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7106 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7107 #endif
7109 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7110 else
7112 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7113 note size (ie. data object type). */
7114 return TRUE;
7117 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7118 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7119 size, note->descpos + offset);
7121 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7123 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7124 static bfd_boolean
7125 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7126 char *name,
7127 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7129 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
7130 note->descsz, note->descpos);
7133 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7134 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7135 data structure apart. */
7137 static bfd_boolean
7138 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7140 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7143 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7144 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7145 literally. */
7147 static bfd_boolean
7148 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7150 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
7153 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7154 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7155 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7156 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7157 #endif
7158 #endif
7160 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7161 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7162 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7163 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7164 #endif
7165 #endif
7167 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7168 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7169 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7171 char *
7172 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
7174 char *dups;
7175 char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
7176 size_t len;
7178 if (end == NULL)
7179 len = max;
7180 else
7181 len = end - start;
7183 dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
7184 if (dups == NULL)
7185 return NULL;
7187 memcpy (dups, start, len);
7188 dups[len] = '\0';
7190 return dups;
7193 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7194 static bfd_boolean
7195 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7197 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
7199 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
7201 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7203 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7204 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7205 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7207 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7208 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7209 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7211 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7212 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
7214 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7215 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
7217 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7219 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7221 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7223 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7224 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7225 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7227 #endif
7229 else
7231 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7232 note size (ie. data object type). */
7233 return TRUE;
7236 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7237 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7238 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7241 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7242 int n = strlen (command);
7244 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7245 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7248 return TRUE;
7250 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7252 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7253 static bfd_boolean
7254 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7256 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
7257 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7258 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
7259 #endif
7262 pstatus_t pstat;
7264 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7266 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7268 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7269 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
7271 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7272 pstatus32_t pstat;
7274 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7276 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7278 #endif
7279 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7280 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7281 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7283 return TRUE;
7285 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7287 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7288 static bfd_boolean
7289 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7291 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7292 char buf[100];
7293 char *name;
7294 size_t len;
7295 asection *sect;
7297 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
7298 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7299 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
7300 #endif
7302 return TRUE;
7304 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
7306 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
7307 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
7309 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7311 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7312 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7313 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7314 if (name == NULL)
7315 return FALSE;
7316 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7318 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7319 if (sect == NULL)
7320 return FALSE;
7322 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7323 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7324 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7325 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7326 #endif
7328 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7329 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
7330 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
7331 #endif
7333 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7334 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7336 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7337 return FALSE;
7339 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7341 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7342 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7343 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7344 if (name == NULL)
7345 return FALSE;
7346 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7348 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7349 if (sect == NULL)
7350 return FALSE;
7352 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7353 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7354 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7355 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7356 #endif
7358 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7359 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
7360 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
7361 #endif
7363 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7364 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7366 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
7368 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7370 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7371 static bfd_boolean
7372 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7374 char buf[30];
7375 char *name;
7376 size_t len;
7377 asection *sect;
7378 win32_pstatus_t pstatus;
7380 if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus))
7381 return TRUE;
7383 memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, sizeof (pstatus));
7385 switch (pstatus.data_type)
7387 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS:
7388 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7389 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal;
7390 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid;
7391 break;
7393 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD:
7394 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7395 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus.data.thread_info.tid);
7397 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7398 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7399 if (name == NULL)
7400 return FALSE;
7402 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7404 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7405 if (sect == NULL)
7406 return FALSE;
7408 sect->size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context);
7409 sect->filepos = (note->descpos
7410 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus,
7411 data.thread_info.thread_context));
7412 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7413 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7415 if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread)
7416 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7417 return FALSE;
7418 break;
7420 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE:
7421 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7422 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx",
7423 (long) pstatus.data.module_info.base_address);
7425 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7426 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7427 if (name == NULL)
7428 return FALSE;
7430 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7432 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7434 if (sect == NULL)
7435 return FALSE;
7437 sect->size = note->descsz;
7438 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7439 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7440 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7441 break;
7443 default:
7444 return TRUE;
7447 return TRUE;
7449 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7451 static bfd_boolean
7452 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7454 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7456 switch (note->type)
7458 default:
7459 return TRUE;
7461 case NT_PRSTATUS:
7462 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
7463 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
7464 return TRUE;
7465 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7466 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
7467 #else
7468 return TRUE;
7469 #endif
7471 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7472 case NT_PSTATUS:
7473 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
7474 #endif
7476 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7477 case NT_LWPSTATUS:
7478 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
7479 #endif
7481 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7482 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
7484 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7485 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
7486 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
7487 #endif
7489 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
7490 if (note->namesz == 6
7491 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7492 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
7493 else
7494 return TRUE;
7496 case NT_PRPSINFO:
7497 case NT_PSINFO:
7498 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
7499 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
7500 return TRUE;
7501 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7502 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
7503 #else
7504 return TRUE;
7505 #endif
7507 case NT_AUXV:
7509 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, ".auxv");
7511 if (sect == NULL)
7512 return FALSE;
7513 sect->size = note->descsz;
7514 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7515 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7516 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
7518 return TRUE;
7523 static bfd_boolean
7524 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
7526 char *cp;
7528 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
7529 if (cp != NULL)
7531 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
7532 return TRUE;
7534 return FALSE;
7537 static bfd_boolean
7538 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7541 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7542 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
7543 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
7545 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7546 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
7547 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
7549 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7550 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7551 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
7553 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7554 note);
7557 static bfd_boolean
7558 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7560 int lwp;
7562 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
7563 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
7565 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
7567 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7568 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7569 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7570 creates a core file. */
7572 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
7575 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7576 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7577 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7578 understand it. */
7580 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
7581 return TRUE;
7584 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
7586 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7587 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7589 case bfd_arch_alpha:
7590 case bfd_arch_sparc:
7591 switch (note->type)
7593 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
7594 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7596 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
7597 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7599 default:
7600 return TRUE;
7603 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7604 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7606 default:
7607 switch (note->type)
7609 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
7610 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7612 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
7613 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7615 default:
7616 return TRUE;
7619 /* NOTREACHED */
7622 static bfd_boolean
7623 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, pid_t *tid)
7625 void *ddata = note->descdata;
7626 char buf[100];
7627 char *name;
7628 asection *sect;
7629 short sig;
7630 unsigned flags;
7632 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7633 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
7635 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7636 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
7638 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7639 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
7641 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7642 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
7644 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
7645 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7648 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7649 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7650 thread just in case. */
7651 if (flags & 0x00000080)
7652 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7654 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
7655 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", (long) *tid);
7657 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
7658 if (name == NULL)
7659 return FALSE;
7660 strcpy (name, buf);
7662 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7663 if (sect == NULL)
7664 return FALSE;
7666 sect->size = note->descsz;
7667 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7668 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7669 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7671 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
7674 static bfd_boolean
7675 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
7676 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
7677 pid_t tid,
7678 char *base)
7680 char buf[100];
7681 char *name;
7682 asection *sect;
7684 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
7685 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, (long) tid);
7687 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
7688 if (name == NULL)
7689 return FALSE;
7690 strcpy (name, buf);
7692 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7693 if (sect == NULL)
7694 return FALSE;
7696 sect->size = note->descsz;
7697 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7698 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7699 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7701 /* This is the current thread. */
7702 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
7703 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
7705 return TRUE;
7708 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
7709 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
7710 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
7711 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
7713 static bfd_boolean
7714 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7716 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
7717 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
7718 function. */
7719 static pid_t tid = 1;
7721 switch (note->type)
7723 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
7724 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
7725 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
7726 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
7727 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
7728 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
7729 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
7730 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
7731 default:
7732 return TRUE;
7736 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
7738 Inputs:
7739 buffer to hold note
7740 name of note
7741 type of note
7742 data for note
7743 size of data for note
7745 Return:
7746 End of buffer containing note. */
7748 char *
7749 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
7750 char *buf,
7751 int *bufsiz,
7752 const char *name,
7753 int type,
7754 const void *input,
7755 int size)
7757 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
7758 size_t namesz;
7759 size_t pad;
7760 size_t newspace;
7761 char *p, *dest;
7763 namesz = 0;
7764 pad = 0;
7765 if (name != NULL)
7767 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7769 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
7770 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7771 pad = -namesz & ((1 << bed->s->log_file_align) - 1);
7774 newspace = 12 + namesz + pad + size;
7776 p = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
7777 dest = p + *bufsiz;
7778 *bufsiz += newspace;
7779 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
7780 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
7781 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
7782 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
7783 dest = xnp->name;
7784 if (name != NULL)
7786 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
7787 dest += namesz;
7788 while (pad != 0)
7790 *dest++ = '\0';
7791 --pad;
7794 memcpy (dest, input, size);
7795 return p;
7798 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7799 char *
7800 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
7801 char *buf,
7802 int *bufsiz,
7803 const char *fname,
7804 const char *psargs)
7806 int note_type;
7807 char *note_name = "CORE";
7809 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7810 psinfo_t data;
7811 note_type = NT_PSINFO;
7812 #else
7813 prpsinfo_t data;
7814 note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
7815 #endif
7817 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
7818 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
7819 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
7820 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7821 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
7823 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
7825 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7826 char *
7827 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
7828 char *buf,
7829 int *bufsiz,
7830 long pid,
7831 int cursig,
7832 const void *gregs)
7834 prstatus_t prstat;
7835 char *note_name = "CORE";
7837 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
7838 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
7839 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
7840 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
7841 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7842 note_name, NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
7844 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
7846 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7847 char *
7848 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
7849 char *buf,
7850 int *bufsiz,
7851 long pid,
7852 int cursig,
7853 const void *gregs)
7855 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7856 char *note_name = "CORE";
7858 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
7859 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
7860 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
7861 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7862 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
7863 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7864 #if !defined(gregs)
7865 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
7866 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
7867 #else
7868 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
7869 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
7870 #endif
7871 #endif
7872 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
7873 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
7875 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
7877 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7878 char *
7879 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
7880 char *buf,
7881 int *bufsiz,
7882 long pid,
7883 int cursig,
7884 const void *gregs)
7886 pstatus_t pstat;
7887 char *note_name = "CORE";
7889 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
7890 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
7891 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
7892 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
7893 return buf;
7895 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
7897 char *
7898 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
7899 char *buf,
7900 int *bufsiz,
7901 const void *fpregs,
7902 int size)
7904 char *note_name = "CORE";
7905 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7906 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
7909 char *
7910 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
7911 char *buf,
7912 int *bufsiz,
7913 const void *xfpregs,
7914 int size)
7916 char *note_name = "LINUX";
7917 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7918 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
7921 static bfd_boolean
7922 elfcore_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
7924 char *buf;
7925 char *p;
7927 if (size <= 0)
7928 return TRUE;
7930 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
7931 return FALSE;
7933 buf = bfd_malloc (size);
7934 if (buf == NULL)
7935 return FALSE;
7937 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size)
7939 error:
7940 free (buf);
7941 return FALSE;
7944 p = buf;
7945 while (p < buf + size)
7947 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
7948 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
7949 Elf_Internal_Note in;
7951 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
7953 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
7954 in.namedata = xnp->name;
7956 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
7957 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
7958 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
7960 if (strncmp (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0)
7962 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
7963 goto error;
7965 else if (strncmp (in.namedata, "QNX", 3) == 0)
7967 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
7968 goto error;
7970 else
7972 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
7973 goto error;
7976 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
7979 free (buf);
7980 return TRUE;
7983 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
7985 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
7986 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
7987 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
7989 long
7990 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
7992 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7994 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
7995 return -1;
7998 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
8001 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8002 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8003 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8004 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8006 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8007 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8010 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
8012 int num_phdrs;
8014 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8016 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8017 return -1;
8020 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
8021 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
8022 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
8024 return num_phdrs;
8027 void
8028 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char *buf, bfd_vma value)
8030 #ifdef BFD64
8031 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8033 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8034 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
8035 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
8036 else
8038 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8040 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8041 sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value);
8042 #else
8043 sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value),
8044 _bfd_int64_low (value));
8045 #endif
8047 else
8048 sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8050 #else
8051 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
8052 #endif
8055 void
8056 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *stream, bfd_vma value)
8058 #ifdef BFD64
8059 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8061 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8062 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
8063 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8064 else
8066 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8068 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8069 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value);
8070 #else
8071 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx",
8072 _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value));
8073 #endif
8075 else
8076 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx",
8077 (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8079 #else
8080 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8081 #endif
8084 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8085 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8087 return reloc_class_normal;
8090 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8091 relocation against a local symbol. */
8093 bfd_vma
8094 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8095 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8096 asection **psec,
8097 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
8099 asection *sec = *psec;
8100 bfd_vma relocation;
8102 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
8103 + sec->output_offset
8104 + sym->st_value);
8105 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
8106 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
8107 && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8109 rel->r_addend =
8110 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8111 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8112 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
8113 if (sec != *psec)
8115 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8116 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8117 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8118 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8119 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8120 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
8121 sec->kept_section = *psec;
8122 sec = *psec;
8124 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
8125 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8127 return relocation;
8130 bfd_vma
8131 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8132 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8133 asection **psec,
8134 bfd_vma addend)
8136 asection *sec = *psec;
8138 if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8139 return sym->st_value + addend;
8141 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8142 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8143 sym->st_value + addend);
8146 bfd_vma
8147 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
8148 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8149 asection *sec,
8150 bfd_vma offset)
8152 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
8154 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
8155 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8156 offset);
8157 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
8158 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
8159 default:
8160 return offset;
8164 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8165 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8166 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8167 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8168 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8169 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8171 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8172 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8173 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8174 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8175 the remote memory. */
8177 bfd *
8178 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8179 (bfd *templ,
8180 bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
8181 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
8182 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int))
8184 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
8185 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
8188 long
8189 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8190 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8191 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8192 long dynsymcount,
8193 asymbol **dynsyms,
8194 asymbol **ret)
8196 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8197 asection *relplt;
8198 asymbol *s;
8199 const char *relplt_name;
8200 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8201 arelent *p;
8202 long count, i, n;
8203 size_t size;
8204 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8205 char *names;
8206 asection *plt;
8208 *ret = NULL;
8210 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
8211 return 0;
8213 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
8214 return 0;
8216 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
8217 return 0;
8219 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
8220 if (relplt_name == NULL)
8221 relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8222 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
8223 if (relplt == NULL)
8224 return 0;
8226 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
8227 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8228 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
8229 return 0;
8231 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
8232 if (plt == NULL)
8233 return 0;
8235 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8236 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
8237 return -1;
8239 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
8240 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
8241 p = relplt->relocation;
8242 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
8243 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
8245 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
8246 if (s == NULL)
8247 return -1;
8249 names = (char *) (s + count);
8250 p = relplt->relocation;
8251 n = 0;
8252 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
8254 size_t len;
8255 bfd_vma addr;
8257 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
8258 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
8259 continue;
8261 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
8262 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8263 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8264 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
8265 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
8266 s->section = plt;
8267 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
8268 s->name = names;
8269 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
8270 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
8271 names += len;
8272 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8273 names += sizeof ("@plt");
8274 ++n;
8277 return n;
8280 /* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions
8281 sorted by section at the beginning. */
8283 static int
8284 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
8286 const Elf_Internal_Sym *s1;
8287 const Elf_Internal_Sym *s2;
8288 int shndx;
8290 /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */
8291 s1 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg1;
8292 if (s1->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8293 return 1;
8294 s2 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg2;
8295 if (s2->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8296 return -1;
8298 /* Sorted by section index. */
8299 shndx = s1->st_shndx - s2->st_shndx;
8300 if (shndx != 0)
8301 return shndx;
8303 /* Sorted by binding. */
8304 return ELF_ST_BIND (s1->st_info) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2->st_info);
8307 struct elf_symbol
8309 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
8310 const char *name;
8313 static int
8314 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
8316 const struct elf_symbol *s1 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg1;
8317 const struct elf_symbol *s2 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg2;
8318 return strcmp (s1->name, s2->name);
8321 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8322 symbols. */
8324 bfd_boolean
8325 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection *sec1, asection *sec2)
8327 bfd *bfd1, *bfd2;
8328 const struct elf_backend_data *bed1, *bed2;
8329 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr1, *hdr2;
8330 bfd_size_type symcount1, symcount2;
8331 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf1, *isymbuf2;
8332 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymstart1 = NULL, *isymstart2 = NULL, *isym;
8333 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
8334 struct elf_symbol *symp, *symtable1 = NULL, *symtable2 = NULL;
8335 bfd_size_type count1, count2, i;
8336 int shndx1, shndx2;
8337 bfd_boolean result;
8339 bfd1 = sec1->owner;
8340 bfd2 = sec2->owner;
8342 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8343 section name. */
8344 if (strncmp (sec1->name, ".gnu.linkonce",
8345 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
8346 && strncmp (sec2->name, ".gnu.linkonce",
8347 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0)
8348 return strcmp (sec1->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8349 sec2->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8351 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8352 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8353 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8354 return FALSE;
8356 if (elf_section_type (sec1) != elf_section_type (sec2))
8357 return FALSE;
8359 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1) & SHF_GROUP) != 0
8360 && (elf_section_flags (sec2) & SHF_GROUP) != 0)
8362 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8363 same group name. */
8364 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1), elf_group_name (sec2)) != 0)
8365 return FALSE;
8368 shndx1 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1, sec1);
8369 shndx2 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2, sec2);
8370 if (shndx1 == -1 || shndx2 == -1)
8371 return FALSE;
8373 bed1 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd1);
8374 bed2 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd2);
8375 hdr1 = &elf_tdata (bfd1)->symtab_hdr;
8376 symcount1 = hdr1->sh_size / bed1->s->sizeof_sym;
8377 hdr2 = &elf_tdata (bfd2)->symtab_hdr;
8378 symcount2 = hdr2->sh_size / bed2->s->sizeof_sym;
8380 if (symcount1 == 0 || symcount2 == 0)
8381 return FALSE;
8383 isymbuf1 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1, hdr1, symcount1, 0,
8384 NULL, NULL, NULL);
8385 isymbuf2 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2, hdr2, symcount2, 0,
8386 NULL, NULL, NULL);
8388 result = FALSE;
8389 if (isymbuf1 == NULL || isymbuf2 == NULL)
8390 goto done;
8392 /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
8393 the beginning. */
8394 qsort (isymbuf1, symcount1, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym),
8395 elf_sort_elf_symbol);
8396 qsort (isymbuf2, symcount2, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym),
8397 elf_sort_elf_symbol);
8399 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8400 count1 = 0;
8401 for (isym = isymbuf1, isymend = isym + symcount1;
8402 isym < isymend; isym++)
8404 if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx1)
8406 if (count1 == 0)
8407 isymstart1 = isym;
8408 count1++;
8411 if (count1 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx1)
8412 break;
8415 count2 = 0;
8416 for (isym = isymbuf2, isymend = isym + symcount2;
8417 isym < isymend; isym++)
8419 if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx2)
8421 if (count2 == 0)
8422 isymstart2 = isym;
8423 count2++;
8426 if (count2 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx2)
8427 break;
8430 if (count1 == 0 || count2 == 0 || count1 != count2)
8431 goto done;
8433 symtable1 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol));
8434 symtable2 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol));
8436 if (symtable1 == NULL || symtable2 == NULL)
8437 goto done;
8439 symp = symtable1;
8440 for (isym = isymstart1, isymend = isym + count1;
8441 isym < isymend; isym++)
8443 symp->sym = isym;
8444 symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1,
8445 hdr1->sh_link,
8446 isym->st_name);
8447 symp++;
8450 symp = symtable2;
8451 for (isym = isymstart2, isymend = isym + count1;
8452 isym < isymend; isym++)
8454 symp->sym = isym;
8455 symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2,
8456 hdr2->sh_link,
8457 isym->st_name);
8458 symp++;
8461 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8462 qsort (symtable1, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol),
8463 elf_sym_name_compare);
8464 qsort (symtable2, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol),
8465 elf_sym_name_compare);
8467 for (i = 0; i < count1; i++)
8468 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8469 if (symtable1 [i].sym->st_info != symtable2 [i].sym->st_info
8470 || symtable1 [i].sym->st_other != symtable2 [i].sym->st_other
8471 || strcmp (symtable1 [i].name, symtable2 [i].name) != 0)
8472 goto done;
8474 result = TRUE;
8476 done:
8477 if (symtable1)
8478 free (symtable1);
8479 if (symtable2)
8480 free (symtable2);
8481 if (isymbuf1)
8482 free (isymbuf1);
8483 if (isymbuf2)
8484 free (isymbuf2);
8486 return result;
8489 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8490 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8491 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
8492 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON",
8495 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8497 bfd_boolean
8498 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd *abfd, const asection *asec,
8499 bfd *bbfd, const asection *bsec)
8501 if (asec == NULL
8502 || bsec == NULL
8503 || abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8504 || bbfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8505 return TRUE;
8507 return elf_section_type (asec) == elf_section_type (bsec);